Corrected "say" notes in John

en_tn_44-JHN.tsv

@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ JHN	front	intro	t6za			0		# Introduction to the Gospel of John<br><br>## Part 1:
 JHN	1	intro	k29b			0		# John 1 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus is God (1:1–5)<br>2. John the Baptist was Jesus’ witness (1:6–8)<br>3. Summary of Jesus’ ministry on earth (1:9–13)<br>4. Jesus is God in the flesh (1:14–18)<br>5. John the Baptist prepares the way for Jesus (1:19–34)<br>6. Jesus meets Andrew, Peter, Philip, and Nathaniel (1:35–51)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [1:23](../01/23.md), which are words from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “The Word”<br><br>John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus ([1:1](../01/01.md), [14](../01/14.md)). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>In [1:4–9](../01/04.md), John uses an extended metaphor in which light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. John applies that light metaphor to Jesus in order to show that Jesus is God’s truth and goodness displayed in a human body. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### “Children of God”<br><br>People are sometimes described as “children of God” because God created them. However, John uses this expression in a different sense in this chapter. He uses it to describe people who have entered into a father-child relationship with God by putting their faith and trust in Jesus. God indeed created all people, but people can only become children of God in this sense by believing in Jesus. “Children” in this usage does not refer to those who are young, but only to the relationship that people have to their father at any age. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of “the Word” to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “In the beginning”<br><br>Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([1:51](../01/51.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	1	er9g	figs-explicit	ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν	1	In the beginning	This phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. It does not refer to time in the distant past. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before the beginning of the universe there was” or “Before the universe began there was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	1	z59q	figs-explicit	ὁ λόγος, καὶ ὁ λόγος…καὶ Θεὸς ἦν ὁ λόγος	1	the Word	Here, **the Word** refers to Jesus. It does not refer to a spoken word. ULT indicates this by capitalizing **Word** to indicate that this is a title for Jesus. Use whatever convention your language uses to indicate that this is a name. If “word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” Alternate translation: “Jesus, who is the Word, and Jesus … and Jesus was God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	2	u6xx	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Word” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	2	k8cf		ἐν ἀρχῇ	1		Here this phrase refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth. See how you translated this phrase in verse [1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “before the beginning of the universe” or “before the universe began”
 JHN	1	3	gm5g	figs-activepassive	πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο	1	All things were made through him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	3	t1lj	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	3	t1lj	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus, the one who is called “the Word.” If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	3	aqs1	figs-doublenegatives	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	without him there was not one thing made that has been made	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “with him came into being everything that came into being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	1	3	v4yk	figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God did not make one thing without him” or “God made with him everything that God has made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	4	pz5c	figs-explicit	ζωὴ	1		Here it is best to use a general term for **life**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]]) If you must use a more specific word, consider that **life** here could refer to: (1) eternal life, which is the meaning John uses for this term throughout this Gospel. Alternate translation: “the means of receiving eternal life” (2) physical life, which would mean that this verse continues the discussion about the creation of the universe in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things” (3) both physical life and eternal life. Alternate translation: “the life of all living things and the source of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -17,18 +17,18 @@ JHN	1	4	jzwk	figs-gendernotations	τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1		Although the term
 JHN	1	5	dgin	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…φαίνει	1		John uses **the light shines** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness being revealed as if it were a light shining. This truth and goodness was revealed to the world by Jesus. He is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “God reveals his truth and goodness” or “God’s truth and goodness is like a light that shines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	5	y5ry	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ…καὶ ἡ σκοτία	1	The light shines in the darkness, and the darkness did not overcome it	Here John uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. It is the spiritual **darkness** of the people in the world who do not love Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “in the false and evil world, and that evil world” or “in the evil world that is like a dark place, and that dark place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	5	w9ni		αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here the word translated **overcome** could also be translated as “understand.” It could mean: (1) the evil forces in the world did not conquer God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer it” (2) the people in the world who don’t know God do not understand his truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not comprehend it” (3) the evil forces of this world neither conquered nor understood God’s truth and goodness. Alternate translation: “did not conquer or comprehend it”
-JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	5	yv8l	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1		Here, **it** refers to the light mentioned earlier in the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not overcome the light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	6	qa1s	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος παρὰ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	6	gih6	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	7	mtlb	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to John the Baptist, who was introduced in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	7	mht8	figs-metaphor	περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	testify about the light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to the revelation of God’s truth and goodness in Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through him** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
+JHN	1	7	cdl5		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **through him** indicates the means by which everyone might believe in the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
-JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	8	pn9t	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	8	kbwh	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς…τοῦ φωτός	1		See how you translated **light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	xe1z	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν, ὃ	1	The true light	Here John uses **light** figuratively to refer to Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who truly embodied God’s truth, who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	rbsj	figs-metaphor	ὃ φωτίζει πάντα ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, John uses **light** figuratively to refer to God’s truth and goodness. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “which reveals the true and good things of God to all men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	9	u00s	figs-gendernotations	ἄνθρωπον	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	1	10	c2ne	writing-pronouns	ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν	1		**He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	10	c2ne	writing-pronouns	ἦν…δι’ αὐτοῦ…αὐτὸν	1		**He** and **him** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus was … through Jesus … Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	10	io8w	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **world** refers to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	krcb	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the whole universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	10	b93e	grammar-connect-logic-contrast	καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	He was in the world, and the world was made through him, and the world did not know him	Here, **and** introduces a contrast between what was expected, that the world would recognize its Creator, and what happened, that the world did to do that. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but the world did not know him” or “yet the world did not know him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ JHN	1	11	va1w		αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον	1	receive him	Here, **recei
 JHN	1	12	pvtl	figs-infostructure	ὅσοι δὲ ἔλαβον αὐτόν, ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν τέκνα Θεοῦ γενέσθαι, τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. You will also need to adjust some words to fit the new order. Alternate translation: “But as many as received him and believed in his name, he gave to them the authority to become children of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	1	12	ijje		ἔλαβον αὐτόν	1		Here, **receive** means to accept a person into one’s presence with friendliness. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “accepted him” or “welcomed him”
 JHN	1	12	x4f9		ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς ἐξουσίαν	1	he gave the right	Here, the word translated **authority** means either the right or ability to do something. Alternate translation: “he gave to them the right” or “he made it possible for them”
-JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not say the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	1	12	uc6e	figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	children of God	Here John uses **children** figuratively to refer to people who love and obey God. The relationship between God and those who love him is like the relationship between a father and his children. Because this is an important concept in the Bible, you should not state the meaning plainly here, but you may use a simile. Alternate translation: “like children who have God as their father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	12	jp3y	figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	believed in his name	Here John uses **name** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	13	no4j	figs-explicit	οἳ	1		**These** here refers to the children of God mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	13	ygxb	figs-metaphor	ἐγεννήθησαν	1		John uses **born** figuratively to describe God changing a person from being spiritually dead to being spiritually alive when they believe in Jesus. John recorded Jesus referring to this change as being “born again” in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an expression that indicates spiritual rebirth rather than physical birth. Alternate translation: “born spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	k24g	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐξ αἱμάτων…ἐγεννήθησαν	1		Here, **bloods** refers to the bloodlines or genetic contributions of both parents of a child. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were not born from human bloodlines” or “were not born from human decent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	13	it6r		ἐξ	1		Here, **from** could refer to any of the following: (1) the means by which God’s children are born. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “by” (2) the source from which God’s children are born. Alternate translation: “of” (3) the cause of the birth of God’s children. Alternate translation: “as a result of”
@@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ JHN	1	14	c3b4	figs-abstractnouns	πλήρης χάριτος καὶ ἀληθε
 JHN	1	15	xduu	figs-pastforfuture	Ἰωάννης μαρτυρεῖ περὶ αὐτοῦ	1		To call attention to a development in the story, John uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “John testified about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	15	qxgz	writing-quotations	καὶ κέκραγεν λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and has cried out, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	15	yfuv	figs-quotesinquotes	οὗτος ἦν ὃν εἶπον, ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος, ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “This was the one of whom I said that he is coming after me who has become greater than me, for he was before me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	1	15	k7rm		ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	He who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **is coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started, and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He who starts his ministry after I have done so”
+JHN	1	15	k7rm		ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	He who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **is coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started, and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He who starts his ministry after I have done so”
 JHN	1	15	q75h		ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν	1	is greater than I am	Here, **greater** refers to being more important or having having a superior position. Alternate translation: “is more important than I am” or “is superior to me”
 JHN	1	15	lrd7		ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν	1	for he was before me	Here, **before me** means that Jesus existed earlier in time than John. This does not mean that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always existed. Alternate translation: “for he existed before I was born”
 JHN	1	16	punh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1		**For** here introduces the reason why John said that Jesus is “full of grace and truth” in verse [14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “We can say that Jesus is full of grace and truth because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	1	16	iriv	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	16	iriv	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	16	p3zg	figs-abstractnouns	τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ	1	fullness	Here, **fullness** refers to the grace and truth which John said Jesus was full of in verse [14](../01/14.md). If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **fullness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what he is full of” or “his full amount of grace and truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	16	vmyz	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς πάντες	1		Here, **we** refers to John and all believers. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “all of we believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	16	yrg8		ἐλάβομεν καὶ χάριν	1		Here, **even** indicates that “grace after grace” explains what “his fullness” means. Alternate translation: “have received, that is, grace” or “have received, namely, grace”
@@ -83,21 +83,21 @@ JHN	1	17	kup2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος…ἐδόθη	1		The word *
 JHN	1	17	wios	translate-names	Μωϋσέως	1		**Moses** is the name of a man, a prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	17	vm1h	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **grace** and **truth**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “God’s gracious and faithful character” or “Kind acts and true teachings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	1	18	vf9q		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here and throughout John’s Gospel, the phrase **the One and Only** is a title for Jesus that could refer to: (1) Jesus being unique as the only member of his kind. Alternate translation: “the Unique God” (2) Jesus being the only child of his Father. Alternate translation: “the Only Begotten God”
-JHN	1	18	r1la		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
+JHN	1	18	r1la		μονογενὴς Θεὸς	1		Here, **God** indicates that Jesus, who is called **the One and Only**, is God. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the One and Only, who is God”
 JHN	1	18	rflq	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν εἰς τὸν κόλπον τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		Here, **in the bosom of** is an idiom that refers to having a close and intimate relationship with someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who has a close relationship with the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	1	18	h5cq	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	18	kmqm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus in an emphatic way. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	18	zc8g	writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	18	zc8g	writing-pronouns	ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, **him** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	18	pmw5		ἐξηγήσατο	1		Here, the word translated **has made him known** refers to making people know something by explaining or revealing it clearly. Alternate translation: “has explained him” or “has fully revealed him”
 JHN	1	19	t5pf	figs-explicit	τοῦ Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	19	e1dz	figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	the Jews sent … to him from Jerusalem	Here, **the Jews** refers to the “Jewish leaders.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed	The phrase “he confessed” says in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** says in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
+JHN	1	20	b7zz		ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	He confessed—he did not deny, but confessed	The phrase “he confessed” expresses in positive terms the same thing that **he did not deny** expresses in negative terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this. Alternate translation: “he strongly confessed” or “he solemnly testified”
-JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews,” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	21	f926	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to “the Jews,” mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jews asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	21	iv9d		τί οὖν?	1	What are you then?	Alternate translation: “If you are not the Messiah, then who are you?”
 JHN	1	21	vk6r	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. **Elijah** was a prophet whom the Jews expected to return to earth shortly become the arrival of the Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	21	h2dv	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	21	nhx9	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	22	t8ib	writing-pronouns	εἶπαν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites … John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	22	t8ib	writing-pronouns	εἶπαν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronouns **they** and **him** refer to the priests and Levites and John the Baptist, respectively. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites … John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	22	wbd9	figs-ellipsis	τίς εἶ? ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν τοῖς πέμψασιν ἡμᾶς; τί	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. This may require you to change the punctuation of the sentences. Alternate translation: “Who are you? Tell us so that we might given an answer to those who sent us. What” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	22	x8wz	figs-exclusive	δῶμεν…ἡμᾶς	1	we may give … us	Here, **we** and **us** refer to the priests and Levites, not to John. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	1	22	fmc8		ἵνα ἀπόκρισιν δῶμεν	1		Alternate translation: “so that we might tell your answer”
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ JHN	1	24	bk96	writing-background		0		This verse is background information about
 JHN	1	24	uq5b	figs-explicit	ἀπεσταλμένοι	1		Here, **the ones** refers to the priests and Levites, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites who had been sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	24	guqm	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the ones whom the Jewish leaders sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	24	f4xj	figs-explicit	ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the priests and Levites who had been sent. Alternate translation: “belonged to the Pharisees” (2) the leaders in Jerusalem who sent the priests and Levites. Alternate translation: “were sent from the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	25	s00c	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	25	s00c	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν	1		Here, **they** refers to the priests and Levites who had been sent from Jerusalem, as introduced in verse [19](../01/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the priests and Levites from Jerusalem asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	25	v5sn	translate-names	Ἠλείας	1		**Elijah** is the name of a man. See how you translated this name in [1:21](../01/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	25	u7is	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης	1		Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the prophet whom God promised to send to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	26	la26	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ JHN	1	26	aupp	writing-quotations	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰωάν
 JHN	1	27	x2ki	figs-explicit	ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	who comes after me	Here, John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase **coming after me** means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one who starts his ministry after I have done so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	27	y7v5	figs-metaphor	μου…οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	me, the strap of whose sandal I am not worthy to untie	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. John the Baptist uses this expression figurative to refer to the most unpleasant work of a servant. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” or “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	28	r4ty	writing-background		0	General Information:	This verse provides background information about the setting of the story that is recorded in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	1	28	u0iq	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	28	u0iq	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to the events that were described in [1:19–27](../01/19.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This conversation between John and the priests and Levites from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	28	civp	translate-names	Βηθανίᾳ	1		**Bethany** is the name of a village. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	28	tfxy	translate-names	τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		**Jordan** is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	28	f5he	translate-names	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1		Here, **beyond the Jordan** refers to the region of Judea that is on the east side of the Jordan River, which is the side opposite from Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “on the side of the Jordan River opposite from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -132,15 +132,15 @@ JHN	1	29	j397	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	John th
 JHN	1	29	cgxj	figs-metaphor	ὁ αἴρων	1		Here John the Baptist speaks figuratively of forgiving sin as if sin were an object that Jesus is **taking away**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “who is forgiving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	29	rg4n	figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	world	John the Baptist uses **world** figuratively to refer to all the people in the world. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of those who live in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	1	30	x393		ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	The one who comes after me is more than me, for he was before me	See how you translated this in verse [15](../01/15.md).
-JHN	1	31	himw	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	31	himw	writing-pronouns	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	31	hb8e	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t know who Jesus was, because Jesus was his cousin. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not know that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	31	dr02	figs-doublet	ἵνα φανερωθῇ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here John uses the redundant words **so that** and **because of this** to emphasize the reason why he was baptizing people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and indicate the emphasis. Alternate translation: “for the exact purpose that he might be revealed to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	1	31	s9dj	figs-metonymy	τῷ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here John uses the name of the nation, **Israel**, to represent the people who belong to that nation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	1	31	jr9r	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	31	jr9r	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the revealing of the Messiah to Israel that is mentioned in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he might be revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	32	mcc7	writing-quotations	ἐμαρτύρησεν Ἰωάννης λέγων	1	descending	Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “John testified, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	32	xyr3	figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	like a dove	This phrase is a simile. As [Luke 3:22](../../luk/03/22.md) indicates, the Holy Spirit came down with an appearance that resembled a **dove**. Alternate translation: “resembling a dove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
-JHN	1	32	uji2	writing-pronouns	ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	heaven	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	32	uji2	writing-pronouns	ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	heaven	Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “upon Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	33	y1bb	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ οὐκ ᾔδειν αὐτόν	1		Here John means that he did not know previously that Jesus was the Messiah. It does not mean that he didn’t recognize who Jesus was when he saw him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “And I did not recognize that he was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	33	ccys	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με βαπτίζειν ἐν ὕδατι, ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, the phrases **the one who sent me** and **that one** both refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “God, who sent me to baptize in water,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	33	x8lb	figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ βαπτίζων ἐν Πνεύματι Ἁγίῳ	1		Here John the Baptist is using literal baptism, which puts a person under water, figuratively to refer to spiritual baptism, which puts people under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who purifies them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he is the one who will put you under the influence of the Holy Spirit, who will purify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	34	ea3y	translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	the Son of God	Although most copies of this text say **Son of God**, some say “chosen one of God” or “chosen Son of God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ JHN	1	36	kuol	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	1	36	ntaw	figs-explicit	ἴδε, ὁ Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		The phrase **Lamb of God** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Behold, Jesus, the Lamb of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	36	t2yx	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records John the Baptist using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	36	ap5m	figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Lamb of God	See how you translated this same phrase in [John 1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	1	37	v5be	writing-pronouns	ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	37	v5be	writing-pronouns	ἤκουσαν οἱ δύο μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **his** and **him** refer to John the Baptist. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s two disciples heard him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	1	38	a8bg	writing-pronouns	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to the two disciples of John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	38	a8bg	writing-pronouns	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to the two disciples of John the Baptist who were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having seen John’s two disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	38	hlee	figs-ellipsis	θεασάμενος αὐτοὺς ἀκολουθοῦντας	1		Here John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “having seen them following him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	38	qxej	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	38	kkey		ποῦ μένεις	1		Alternate translation: “where are you spending the night”
@@ -164,16 +164,16 @@ JHN	1	40	x8g8			0	General Information:	Verses [40–42] give background informat
 JHN	1	40	f6b9	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, John refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	40	q0bp	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας…Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Andrew** and **Simon Peter** are names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	40	jmyp		Σίμωνος Πέτρου	1		**Simon** was also called **Peter** by Jesus, as recorded in verse [42](../01/42.md). Alternate translation: “Simon, who is also called Peter”
-JHN	1	41	xpi4	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	41	xpi4	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Andrew, who was mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	41	vfsj	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	41	roca	translate-names	Σίμωνα	1		**Simon** is the name of a man, Andrew’s brother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	41	rxox	figs-activepassive	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	41	ek1a	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title “Messiah” means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	41	ek1a	figs-explicit	ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, Χριστός	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the title “Messiah” means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Christ’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Christ’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	1	42	xwc7	writing-pronouns	ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν	1		**He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	42	xwc7	writing-pronouns	ἤγαγεν αὐτὸν	1		**He** here refers to Andrew and **him** refers to Simon. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Andrew brought Simon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	42	f5wo	writing-quotations	ἐμβλέψας αὐτῷ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked at him, and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	1	42	k2dx	translate-names	υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	son of John	**John** is the name of a man. This is neither John the Baptist nor John the apostle. **John** was a common name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	1	42	rstd	figs-activepassive	σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People will call you Cephas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	1	42	pv4e	figs-explicit	Κηφᾶς	1		**Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	42	pv4e	figs-explicit	Κηφᾶς	1		**Cephas** is a word in the Aramaic language that means “rock.” Here, Jesus uses the word as a name for Simon. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Cephas, which means ‘rock’ in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	42	t3n5	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Peter’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	1	42	esly	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, Πέτρος	1		John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Cephas means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is ‘Peter’ in Greek” or “which is the Aramaic word for Peter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	43	cmi8	grammar-connect-time-sequential	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1		**The next day** here indicates that the events the story will now relate came after the event it has just described in the previous. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “The day after Andrew brought Simon to Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
@@ -186,14 +186,14 @@ JHN	1	45	m8j1	translate-names	Φίλιππος…Ναθαναὴλ…Μωϋσῆ
 JHN	1	45	faz3	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει Φίλιππος τὸν Ναθαναὴλ, καὶ λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	45	ci52	figs-ellipsis	οἱ προφῆται	1		Here, John is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply this word from the context. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	1	45	r31z	translate-names	Ναζαρέτ	1		**Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	1	46	s2kg	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ	1	Nathaniel said to him	Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	1	46	s2kg	writing-pronouns	εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ	1	Nathaniel said to him	Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nathaniel said to Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	1	46	i4wp	figs-rquestion	ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι?	1	Can any good thing come out of Nazareth?	Nathaniel is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	1	46	shpn	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	47	e1ke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	47	ka53	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1		John records Jesus using the term **Behold** to call his audience’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	1	47	ys8d	figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	in whom is no deceit	**Jesus** is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	1	48	am5y	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	1	48	d1on	figs-explicit	πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε	1		Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	48	d1on	figs-explicit	πρὸ τοῦ σε Φίλιππον φωνῆσαι, ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν, εἶδόν σε	1		Nathaniel’s reaction to this statement in the next verse indicates that this is a display of supernatural knowledge. It appears that Jesus knew something about Nathaniel that no one else could have known. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before Philip called you, being completely alone under the fig tree, I saw you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	48	a0ym	figs-explicit	ὄντα ὑπὸ τὴν συκῆν	1		The subject of this clause is Philip, not Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “while you were under the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	49	l666	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	1	50	d53b	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις?	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the result for the reason that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Do you believe because I said to you that I saw you underneath the fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -202,8 +202,8 @@ JHN	1	50	fhzr	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύεις	1		Jesus is leaving out some of t
 JHN	1	50	oubk	figs-explicit	μείζω τούτων	1		Jesus uses the plural pronoun **these** to refer to a general category of something, in this case the miraculous display of supernatural knowledge that took place in [verse 48](../01/48.md). Alternate translation: “greater things than this type of thing” or “greater things that this kind of miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	byxy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	1	51	ga44	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus repeats **Truly** in order to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases, forming a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “What I am about to tell you is very true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	1	51	yuye	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to all those who are with him at that moment. He is not only speaking to Nathaniel. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I say to all of you here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	1	51	s28k	figs-explicit	ὄψεσθε τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνεῳγότα, καὶ τοὺς ἀγγέλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἀναβαίνοντας καὶ καταβαίνοντας	1		Here, Jesus refers to an event described in the book of Genesis. While fleeing from his brother, Jacob had a dream in which he saw angels descending from and ascending to heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers who may not be familiar with the story, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “just as Jacob saw in his vision, you will see heaven opened, and the angels of God ascending and descending” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	1	51	ahj4	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	1	51	z4a7	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	intro	jav2			0		# John 2 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ first sign: he turns water into wine (2:1–12)<br>2. Jesus causes controversy in the Temple (2:13–22)<br>3. Jesus’ ministry in Jerusalem at Passover (2:23–25)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Wine<br><br>The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine.<br><br>### Driving out the money changers<br><br>Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. As the Son of God, it was his Father’s temple that was being used inappropriately for making money. Therefore, he had the authority to drive out those who were misusing the temple.<br><br>### “He knew what was in man”<br><br>Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Because he is the Son of God, he has supernatural insight into what other people were thinking and could correctly judge their intentions.<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “His disciples remembered”<br><br>John used this phrase to stop telling the main historical narrative and to tell about something that happened much later. The Jewish authorities spoke to Jesus right after he scolded the sellers in the temple in ([2:16](../02/16.md)). Jesus’ disciples remembered what the prophet had written long ago and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body after Jesus became alive again ([2:17](../02/17.md) and [2:22](../02/22.md)).
@@ -221,10 +221,10 @@ JHN	2	4	v5x5	figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου	1	My time has
 JHN	2	5	d5wy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	2	6	y7p3	translate-bvolume	μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	two to three metretes	A **metretes** was equivalent to about 40 liters. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the quantity in modern measurements. Alternatively, to help your readers recognize that the biblical writings come from long ago when people used different measurements, you could express the amount using the ancient measurement, the metrete, and explain the equivalent in modern measurements in a footnote. Alternate translation: “80 to 120 liters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
 JHN	2	7	hv80	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	2	7	byc0	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the servants at the wedding. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	2	7	byc0	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the servants at the wedding. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	7	vt75		ἕως ἄνω	1	to the brim	The **brim** is the top edge of the water pot. Alternate translation: “to the very top”
 JHN	2	8	xbw3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	2	8	y52q	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς…οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν	1		Here, **them** and **they** refer to the servants at the wedding. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants … And the servants carried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	2	8	y52q	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς…οἱ δὲ ἤνεγκαν	1		Here, **them** and **they** refer to the servants at the wedding. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the servants … And the servants carried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	8	h9gr		τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ	1	the head waiter	The term **head waiter** refers to the person in charge of the servants who served the food and drink at meals and feasts.
 JHN	2	9	t0zb		ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος…ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος	1		See how you translated this term in the previous verse.
 JHN	2	9	yg44	writing-background		0		John provides this background information about who knew where the wine came from in order to emphasize the veracity of this miracle. The head waiter did not know that the wine was originally water from the water pots. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -237,29 +237,29 @@ JHN	2	11	ear7	figs-explicit	ἀρχὴν τῶν σημείων	1		John wrote mu
 JHN	2	11	r5kb	translate-names	Κανὰ	1	Cana	See how you translated this name in [verse 1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	2	11	z3tk	figs-abstractnouns	ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	revealed his glory	Here, **glory** refers to the mighty power of Jesus that enabled him to do miracles. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “revealed his glorious power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	2	12	gw2f	writing-newevent	μετὰ τοῦτο	1		**After this** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time afterward” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	2	12	mmkj	figs-explicit	μετὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:1–11](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus’ first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	12	mmkj	figs-explicit	μετὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the what took place in Cana that was described in [2:1–11](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After Jesus’ first sign in Cana” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	12	h9tu		κατέβη	1	went down	This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is at a lower elevation than Cana.
 JHN	2	12	x3f7	translate-names	Καφαρναοὺμ	1	his brothers	**Capernaum** is the name of a town in the region of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	2	13	xr29		ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	This indicates that Jesus went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill.
-JHN	2	14	sa75	figs-explicit	τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς	1	sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons	These animals were used for sacrifices in the temple. People were buying animals in the temple courtyard in order to sacrifice them to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those selling oxen and sheep and pigeons for people to sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	14	sa75	figs-explicit	τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς	1	sellers of oxen and sheep and pigeons	These animals were used for sacrifices in the temple. People were buying animals in the temple courtyard in order to sacrifice them to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those selling oxen and sheep and pigeons for people to sacrifice to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	14	qu9k	figs-explicit	κερματιστὰς	1	money changers	Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices in the temple to exchange their money for special money from the **money changers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who exchanged money for special money approved for temple use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	14	qu9k	figs-explicit	κερματιστὰς	1	money changers	Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices in the temple to exchange their money for special money from the **money changers**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who exchanged money for special money approved for temple use” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	14	i8lv	figs-explicit	καθημένους	1	were sitting there	The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting in the temple courtyard that was intended for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	14	i8lv	figs-explicit	καθημένους	1	were sitting there	The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sitting in the temple courtyard that was intended for worship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	2	15	x6et	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	So	Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
+JHN	2	15	x6et	grammar-connect-logic-result	καὶ	1	So	Here John is telling his readers what Jesus did as a result of the commerce he saw going on in the temple. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Consequently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	2	15	nn6y	writing-pronouns	πάντας	1		Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	2	15	nn6y	writing-pronouns	πάντας	1		Here, **them all** refers to the people selling the animals and the money changers. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the sellers and money changers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	16	h6qy	figs-explicit	τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	the house of my Father	Jesus uses **the house of my Father** to refer to the temple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the house of my Father, which is the temple, a house of commerce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	16	grg3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	2	17	c2pu	figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	17	q91v	writing-quotations	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1		Here John uses **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	2	17	jp55	figs-quotemarks	ὁ ζῆλος τοῦ οἴκου σου καταφάγεταί με	1		This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 69:9](../../psa/69/09.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+JHN	2	17	pvct	figs-yousingular	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1		Here, **your** refers to God and is singular. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for God’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	2	17	ua3v	figs-explicit	τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	your house	Here, **house** refers to the temple, which is often called God’s **house** in the Bible. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for your house, the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	17	gg1w	figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	consume	Here, the author uses **consume** figuratively to refer to Jesus’ intense love for the temple, as if it were a fire that burned within him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “will be intense within” or “will be like a fire that consumes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	2	18	r5rw	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	2	18	r5rw	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1	these things	Here, **these things** refers to Jesus’ actions against the animal sellers and money changers in the temple. (See the discussion of this event in the General Notes to this chapter.) If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these disruptive activities in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	2	19	mp6i	figs-imperative	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Destroy this temple, and in three days I will raise it up	This is an imperative, but it should be translated as introducing a hypothetical situation rather than as a command. Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which the event in the second clause would happen if the event in the first clause took place. In this case, Jesus would certainly **raise** the **temple** up if the Jewish authorities were to **destroy** it. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, then in three days I will raise it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	2	19	of4u	figs-extrainfo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1		Here, John records Jesus using the words **Destroy** and **raise** figuratively to describe his killing and resurrection, as if tearing down and rebuilding a building. However, the Jewish leaders did not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	2	20	qb4x	figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν?	1		The Jewish leaders are using the question form for emphasis. They think that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and rebuild it in three days. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	2	21	g6jx	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	[Verses 21–22](../02/21.md) are a comment John made about the story that was described in [2:13–20](../02/13.md). These verses tell about something that happened later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
-JHN	2	21	b440	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	2	21	b440	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος δὲ ἔλεγεν	1		Here, **that one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But Jesus was speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	2	22	oznm	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that in this verse John is giving the result of Jesus making the statement in [2:19](../02/19.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this about his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	2	22	jejg	figs-activepassive	ἠγέρθη ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	2	22	nxug		ἐμνήσθησαν οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, John is speaking about something that happened long after the event described in the previous verses. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter.
@@ -277,9 +277,9 @@ JHN	2	25	lxro	figs-explicit	τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1		This refe
 JHN	3	intro	i7a7			0		# John 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus teaches Nicodemus about being born again (3:1–21)<br>2. John the Baptist testifies about Jesus (3:22–36)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Light and Darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong, and to begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### The kingdom of God<br><br>The kingdom of God is a concept that is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when Jesus returns and rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is God ruling and people embracing God’s rule over their lives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>### Born again<br><br>A major idea in this chapter is the spiritual new birth that Jesus says is necessary in order for someone to enter the kingdom of God [3:3–8](../03/03.md). Jesus also uses the following expressions to refer to being born again: “born from water and the Spirit” ([3:4](../03/04.md)) and “born from the Spirit” ([3:6,8](../03/06.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]])<br><br>## Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” twice in this chapter ([3:13–14](../03/13.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	1	yl6f	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		**Now** here introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	3	1	s9p9	writing-participants	ἦν…ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων, Νικόδημος ὄνομα αὐτῷ,	1	Now	Here, **there was a man** is used to introduce Nicodemus as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The phrase **from the Pharisees** identifies him as member of a strict Jewish religious sect. Alternate translation: “there was a man named Nicodemus, who was a member of a strict Jewish religious group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN	3	1	fz6f	figs-explicit	ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		This phrase means that Nicodemus was a member of the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	1	fz6f	figs-explicit	ἄρχων τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		This phrase means that Nicodemus was a member of the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a member of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	2	sxo1	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nicodemus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	2	sxo1	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**This one** here refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Nicodemus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	3	2	n84a	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	2	n84a	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	2	skq8	figs-exclusive	οἴδαμεν	1	we know	Here, **we** is exclusive. Nicodemus is only referring to himself and the other members of the Jewish council. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	3	2	hxcr	figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ ὁ Θεὸς μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, Nicodemus uses **with him** figuratively to refer to God’s help. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “without God’s help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	3	nz18	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -288,8 +288,8 @@ JHN	3	3	t8pt		γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1	born again	Here, the word translat
 JHN	3	3	i0ew	figs-metaphor	ἰδεῖν τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **see** figuratively to refer to experiencing an event or state. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	3	ikj9	figs-metaphor	τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	kingdom of God	Here this phrase refers to both the place where God currently rules in heaven and to the earth when God rules over it in the future. See the discussion of this concept in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the place where God rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	4	z64b	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	a second time	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	3	4	wa1p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν?	1	How can a man be born when he is old?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	3	4	wa1p	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν?	1	How can a man be born when he is old?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	3	4	yk9d	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι?	1	He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
+JHN	3	4	yk9d	figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι?	1	He cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb and be born, can he?	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He surely cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	5	il52	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	5	n6d7	figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος	1	born of water and the Spirit	The phrase **born from water and Spirit** could refer to: (1) spiritual birth that includes cleansing from sin and spiritual transformation by the Holy Spirit. In this case, Jesus’ words would be understood as a reference to Ezekiel 36:25–27, which Nicodemus would have been familiar with. Alternate translation: “would be born again by cleansing and the Spirit.” (2) physical birth and spiritual birth. Alternate translation: “would be born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	5	e1dj	figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here Jesus uses **enter into** figuratively to refer to experiencing something. The meaning is similar to the meaning of “see” in [3:3](../03/03.md). Alternate translation: “to experience the kingdom of God” or “to participate in the kingdom of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -299,16 +299,16 @@ JHN	3	6	rru5	figs-metonymy	τῆς σαρκὸς, σάρξ ἐστιν	1		Here J
 JHN	3	6	v3g8	figs-explicit	τὸ γεγεννημένον ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “what has been born again by means of the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	6	lfg1	figs-explicit	πνεῦμά	1		Here, **spirit** refers to the new spiritual nature that God gives a person when they are born again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bornagain]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “a new spiritual nature” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	7	t2sl	figs-extrainfo	γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1		See how you translated this in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	3	8	p87y	figs-metaphor	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The wind blows wherever it wishes	The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he were **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	3	8	p87y	figs-metaphor	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	The wind blows wherever it wishes	The word translated **wind** can also mean spirit. Jesus here speaks figuratively of the Holy Spirit, as if he were **wind**. Just like people in Jesus’ time could not understand how the **wind** blew but could observe the effects of the wind, people cannot understand how the Holy Spirit works but can witness the effects of his work. If this might confuse your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like the wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	8	mxjc		οὕτως ἐστὶν	1		This phrase connects this sentence with the previous sentence. In the same way that people cannot understand the wind but recognize its effects, people who are not born from the Spirit cannot understand those who are born from the Spirit but can recognize the effects of the new birth. Alternate translation: “So it is with” or “So it happens with”
 JHN	3	8	k9ay		ὁ γεγεννημένος ἐκ τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		See how you translated this phrase in [3:6](../03/06.md).
 JHN	3	8	wh4z	figs-explicit	τοῦ Πνεύματος	1		Here, **the Spirit** refers to the Holy Spirit, who enables people to be born again. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	9	g4ji	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι?	1	How can these things be?	This question could be: (1) a genuine question that shows that Nicodemus is confused. Alternate translation: “How are these things possible” (2) a rhetorical question Nicodemus uses to add emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “These things cannot be!” or “These things are impossible!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	3	9	phe2	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	9	phe2	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	10	gw2h	figs-rquestion	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher of Israel, and yet you do not understand these things?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. He is not asking Nicodemus a question in order to get information. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	3	10	gbu5	figs-you	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος…οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher … yet you do not understand	The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Are you, Nicodemus, the teacher … you do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	3	10	gbu5	figs-you	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος…οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Are you a teacher … yet you do not understand	The word **you** is singular and refers to Nicodemus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Are you, Nicodemus, the teacher … you do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	10	ljiy	figs-explicit	ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ	1		Here, **the teacher** indicates that Nicodemus was recognized as a master teacher and religious authority in the land of Israel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the renowned religious teacher in Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	10	vx3u	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	10	vx3u	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to all that Jesus had spoken in [3:3–8](../03/03.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated this phrase is the previous verse. Alternate translation: “these things you have just told me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	11	jt1f	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	11	upi7	figs-exclusive	ὃ οἴδαμεν λαλοῦμεν…τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἡμῶν	1	we speak	When Jesus says **we** and **our** in this verse, he was not including Nicodemus. Jesus used these pronouns as a contrast to Nicodemus saying **we** in [3:2](../03/02.md). While Nicodemus used **we** to refer to himself and the other Jewish religious leaders, Jesus could have been referring to: (1) himself and his disciples. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “my disciples and I speak what we know … our testimony” (2) himself and the other members of the Godhead. Alternate translation: “the Father, Spirit, and I speak what we know … our testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	3	11	j1k1	figs-you	οὐ λαμβάνετε	1	you do not accept	The word **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) the Jewish people in general. Alternate translation: “you Jews” (2) Nicodemus and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ JHN	3	12	mf2x	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπίγεια	1		Here, **earthly things** re
 JHN	3	12	c6ia	figs-rquestion	πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε?	1	how will you believe if I tell you about heavenly things?	Jesus uses a question to emphasize the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	3	12	dfqi	figs-explicit	τὰ ἐπουράνια	1		Here, **heavenly things** refers to things that take place in heaven or are related to heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “truths about what takes place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	13	ld0m	figs-123person	ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the one who descended from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	3	13	ocj0	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could say what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	3	13	ocj0	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		The title **Son of Man** is equivalent to “Messiah.” Jesus uses it to claim that role subtly and implicitly. You may want to translate this title directly into your language. On the other hand, if you think it would be helpful to your readers, you could state what it means. See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	14	tb3s	figs-simile	καὶ καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	Just as Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, so must the Son of Man be lifted up	In this verse, John records Jesus comparing his crucifixion to Moses lifting up a bronze snake. John assumes that his readers will know that Jesus is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Numbers. In that story, the Israelites complained against God, and God punished them by sending poisonous snakes to kill them. God then told Moses to make a bronze snake and raise it up on a pole so that whoever was bitten by one of the poisonous snakes and looked at the bronze snake would not die. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “And just as Moses lifted up the bronze serpent on a pole when the Israelites were wandering in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
 JHN	3	14	f9yi	figs-activepassive	ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	in the wilderness	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is necessary for people to lift up the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	14	savl	figs-123person	ὑψωθῆναι…τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man, to be lifted up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -336,13 +336,13 @@ JHN	3	17	b7vf	figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς
 JHN	3	17	haut	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	17	mjjg	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me … through me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	17	amqn	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1		Here, **world** refers to the universe God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	17	f5o9	writing-pronouns	ἵνα κρίνῃ	1		Here, **he** refers to God; it does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	17	f5o9	writing-pronouns	ἵνα κρίνῃ	1		Here, **he** refers to God; it does not refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that God might condemn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	17	zv1i		ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. Alternate translation: “so that he might judge the world as guilty”
 JHN	3	17	ynyh	figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον…ὁ κόσμος	2		Here, **world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people in the world … the people in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	3	17	kuow	figs-activepassive	ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	17	exd0		δι’ αὐτοῦ	1		This phrase indicates the means by which God would save the world. Alternate translation: “by means of him”
 JHN	3	18	zl5p		οὐ κρίνεται…ἤδη κέκριται	1		The word translated **condemn** means to judge someone to be guilty and deserving of punishment. See how you translated it in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “is not judged as guilty … has already been judged as guilty”
-JHN	3	18	x14j	writing-pronouns	εἰς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	18	x14j	writing-pronouns	εἰς αὐτὸν	1		Here, **him** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	18	tmz7	figs-activepassive	ὁ πιστεύων εἰς αὐτὸν οὐ κρίνεται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God does not condemn the one who believes in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	18	t21p	figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μὴ πιστεύων, ἤδη κέκριται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “but God has already condemned the one who does not believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	18	ps4n	figs-metonymy	μὴ πεπίστευκεν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ μονογενοῦς Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **name** represents Jesus’ identity and everything about him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has not believed in the One and Only Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -354,16 +354,16 @@ JHN	3	19	gh4i	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κ
 JHN	3	19	fvvg	figs-gendernotations	οἱ ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	3	19	h4nk	figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι…τὸ σκότος	1	men loved the darkness	Here Jesus uses **darkness** figuratively to refer to what is false and evil. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. See the discussion of light and darkness in the General Notes for Chapter 1. Alternate translation: “men loved evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	velv	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	1		**For** here indicates another reason why men love the darkness, as stated in the previous verse. People who do evil things hate the light. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
+JHN	3	20	bus8		πᾶς…ὁ φαῦλα πράσσων	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does evil things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does evil”
 JHN	3	20	cg3i	figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God, and … to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	20	s49o	figs-123person	τὸ φῶς, καὶ…πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. Alternate translation: “me, the light, and … to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	20	u25p	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	so that his deeds will not be exposed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the light might not expose his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	21	q77t		ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does true things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does the truth”
+JHN	3	21	q77t		ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		This phrase refers to someone who habitually does true things. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who habitually does the truth”
 JHN	3	21	kpb9	figs-abstractnouns	ὁ…ποιῶν τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the one who does true things” or “the one who does what is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	3	21	ud15	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		See how you translated **the light** in the previous two verses. Alternate translation: “comes to Jesus, who revealed the true and good things of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	21	k8wr	figs-123person	ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸ φῶς	1		Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who **the light** is. See how you translated this expression in the previous two verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	21	l7ax	figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα	1	plainly seen that his deeds	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the light might reveal his deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	21	de2j		ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα	1		This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
+JHN	3	21	de2j		ὅτι ἐν Θεῷ ἐστιν εἰργασμένα	1		This clause indicates what the light will reveal about the deeds of those who come to the light. The phrase **in God** indicates that the works these people have done were done with God’s help and not by their own strength or effort. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that they have been done with God’s help”
 JHN	3	22	uy4j	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After this	This phrase introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	3	23	m4yg	figs-explicit	ὁ Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	23	x1ge	translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	Aenon	**Aenon** is the name of a town near the Jordan River close to Samaria. **Aenon** is the Aramaic word for springs of water, which explains John’s comment in the next clause about there being much water there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ JHN	3	24	v13x	figs-activepassive	οὔπω…ἦν βεβλημένος	1		If yo
 JHN	3	25	fuq2	figs-abstractnouns	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου	1	a dispute	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **dispute**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the disciples of John began arguing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	3	25	ft8r	figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου	1	Then there arose a dispute between some of John’s disciples and a Jew	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to dispute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	3	25	qzq7	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννου	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of John the Baptist” or “of John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	3	26	uuvj	writing-pronouns	ἦλθον	1		Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples, who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	26	uuvj	writing-pronouns	ἦλθον	1		Here, **they** refers to John the Baptist’s disciples, who were disputing in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood in your language, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “John’s disciples went” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	26	cxy7	figs-explicit	ὃς ἦν μετὰ σοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, ᾧ σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was with you beyond the Jordan, about whom you had testified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	26	jr28	figs-metaphor	ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	you have testified, look, he is baptizing,	John the Baptist’s disciples used the term **behold** to call John’s attention to what Jesus was doing. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. Alternate translation: “see how he is baptizing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	26	j8di	figs-hyperbole	πάντες ἔρχονται πρὸς αὐτόν	1		Here John the Baptist’s disciples use the word **all** as a generalization for emphasis. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “it seems like everyone is going to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@@ -383,13 +383,13 @@ JHN	3	27	hap4	figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ ο
 JHN	3	28	l9yt	figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	You yourselves	Here, **You** is plural and refers to all the people to whom John the Baptist is talking. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	3	28	p92u	figs-quotesinquotes	ὅτι εἶπον, οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὁ Χριστός, ἀλλ’, ὅτι ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that I said that I am not the Christ but that I have been sent before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	3	28	nf9l	figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	I have been sent before him	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God sent me before that one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	28	vguf	writing-pronouns	ἐκείνου	1		Here, **that** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	28	vguf	writing-pronouns	ἐκείνου	1		Here, **that** refers to Jesus, whom John has called “the Christ” in the previous clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	29	p569	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν…τοῦ νυμφίου…τὴν φωνὴν τοῦ νυμφίου	1	The bride belongs to the bridegroom	John the Baptist uses **bride** and **bridegroom** figuratively to refer to people who believe in Jesus and Jesus himself, respectively. Since these are important terms for Christians and for Jesus, you should translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation in the text of your translation. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words with similes. Alternate translation: “The one who is like one who has a bride is like a bridegroom … of the one who is like a bridegroom … of the voice of one who is like a bridegroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	29	nd5o	figs-123person	ὁ δὲ φίλος τοῦ νυμφίου	1		John the Baptist is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	3	29	nfvx	figs-doublet	χαρᾷ χαίρει	1		These words mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize how much joy John had because Jesus had come. Alternate translation: “rejoices greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	29	wkb8	figs-activepassive	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται	1	This, then, is my joy made complete	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I rejoice greatly” or “I rejoice with complete joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	3	29	hnw2	figs-123person	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	my joy	Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	3	29	hnw2	figs-123person	αὕτη…ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	my joy	Here, **my** refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this joy that I, John, have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	3	30	kn9s	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He must increase	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	30	kn9s	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	He must increase	Here, **that one** refers to Jesus, whom John the Baptist called “the bridegroom” in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “It is necessary for Jesus to increase” or “It is necessary for the bridegroom to increase” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	30	u5e0	figs-metaphor	αὐξάνειν…ἐλαττοῦσθαι	1		John the Baptist uses **increase** figuratively to refer to growing in importance and influence, while **decrease** refers to diminishing in importance and influence. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to be more influential … to be less influential” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	wu2j	figs-doublet	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1		These two phrases mean basically the same thing. John repeats himself to emphasize that Jesus is greater than every person and every thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could combine these phrases and include words that show emphasis. Alternate translation: “The one who comes from heaven is certainly above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	3	31	qd7t	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν…ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	He who comes from above is above all	Both of these phrases refer to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the one who comes from above, is above all things … Jesus, the one who comes from heaven, is above all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -399,22 +399,22 @@ JHN	3	31	mhk9	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γ
 JHN	3	31	p05h	figs-metaphor	ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν	1		This phrase refers figuratively to having an earthly origin, which is the case for John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “originates from the earth” or “has an earthly origin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	ar7r	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1		This phrase refers figuratively to speaking based on an earthly perspective, which is the perspective of John the Baptist and every human being other than Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and speaks from an earthly perspective” or “and speaks as someone from the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	31	yj2t	figs-metaphor	ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	2		John the Baptist uses **above** figuratively to refer to having superior status. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “is superior to all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	32	c5yt	writing-pronouns	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ…μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ	1	He testifies about what he has seen and heard	**He** and **his** in this verse refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus testifies about that which he has seen and heard … Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	32	umek	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν	1		This phrase refers to what Jesus saw and heard while he was in heaven. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “which he has seen and heard in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	32	kqi1	figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	no one accepts his testimony	Here, John the Baptist exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believed Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “very few people receive his testimony” or “it seems like no one receives his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	3	33	k36d	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	He who has received his testimony	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+JHN	3	33	k36d	figs-genericnoun	ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	He who has received his testimony	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who has received his testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
-JHN	3	33	ygba	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	33	ygba	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1		Here, **his** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus’ testimony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	33	g5x4	translate-unknown	ἐσφράγισεν	1	has confirmed	This expression refers to placing a **seal** on a document in order to certify that what is written in the document is true. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seal]]) Here this meaning is extended to refer to certifying that God is true. If your readers would not be familiar with this practice of sealing documents, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “has certified” or “has attested” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	3	34	rr83	figs-explicit	ὃν…ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	For the one whom God has sent	This phrase refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, whom God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	3	34	p9wt	grammar-connect-logic-result	γὰρ	2		**For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the previous sentence is true. We know that Jesus speaks the words of God because God has given him the Holy Spirit. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We know this because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	3	34	bnx8	writing-pronouns	οὐ…δίδωσιν	1	For he does not give the Spirit by measure	Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	3	34	bnx8	writing-pronouns	οὐ…δίδωσιν	1	For he does not give the Spirit by measure	Here, **he** refers to God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God does not give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	3	34	hmky	figs-ellipsis	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context, especially this discussion of God giving to his Son in the next verse. Alternate translation: “he does not give the Spirit to him by measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	3	34	cdia	figs-litotes	οὐ…ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1		This clause is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he certainly gives the Spirit without measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	3	35	hmk4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱόν	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	3	35	ha4e	figs-idiom	πάντα δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	given … into his hand	Here, giving **into his hand** means putting under his power or control. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “has given him control over everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	3	36	u1ks	figs-genericnoun	ὁ πιστεύων	1	He who believes	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+JHN	3	36	u1ks	figs-genericnoun	ὁ πιστεύων	1	He who believes	This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Anyone who believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	36	ob32	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	εἰς τὸν Υἱὸν…τῷ Υἱῷ	1		**Son** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	3	36	hpte	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
+JHN	3	36	hpte	figs-genericnoun	ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		This phrase does not refer to a specific person, but to any person who does this thing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “anyone who disobeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	3	36	joql		ὁ…ἀπειθῶν	2		The word translated **disobeys** can also be translated “does not believe.” Alternate translation: “the one who does not believe”
 JHN	3	36	ni86	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		John the Baptist uses **see** metaphorically to refer to experiencing or participating in something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will not experience life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	3	36	pzf5	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὄψεται ζωήν	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life, as indicated by the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will not see eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ JHN	4	9	dpoh	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense i
 JHN	4	9	xdw7	figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς γυναικὸς Σαμαρείτιδος οὔσης?	1	How is it that you, being a Jew, are asking … for something to drink?	The woman is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate her words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan woman for a drink!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	9	px8w		οὐ…συνχρῶνται	1	have no dealings with	Alternate translation: “do not associate with” or “have nothing to do with”
 JHN	4	10	redz	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ᾔδεις τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…σὺ ἂν ᾔτησας αὐτὸν	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he knows that the condition is not true. He knows that the woman does not know the gift of God or who he is. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “You surely do not know the gift of God and who it is who is saying to you … Otherwise, you would have asked him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
-JHN	4	10	i9eg		τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **the gift of God** refers to the “living water” that Jesus mentions at the end of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s gift of living water”
+JHN	4	10	i9eg		τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Here, **the gift of God** refers to the “living water” that Jesus mentions at the end of the verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s gift of living water”
 JHN	4	10	ed4r	figs-possession	τὴν δωρεὰν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe a **gift** that comes from **God**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gift from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	4	10	oywu	figs-123person	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λέγων σοι…ᾔτησας αὐτὸν, καὶ ἔδωκεν	1		Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “who I am who is saying to you … would have asked me, and I would have given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	4	10	ua0b	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ λέγων σοι, δός μοι πεῖν,	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who is asking you to give him a drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@@ -466,15 +466,15 @@ JHN	4	18	zpl1	figs-explicit	τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	What yo
 JHN	4	19	tzs3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	19	kfs1		κύριε	1	Sir	The Samaritan woman calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	4	19	za2w	figs-metaphor	θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	I see that you are a prophet	The woman uses **see** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I understand that you are a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	4	20	hp3m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Our fathers	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	20	hp3m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	Our fathers	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim, the mountain where the Samaritans built their own temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	20	keg4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1		Here the word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	4	20	keg4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1		Here the word **you** is plural and refers to the Jewish people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Jewish people say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	4	20	m27n	figs-explicit	ὁ τόπος	1		Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	20	m27n	figs-explicit	ὁ τόπος	1		Here, **the place** refers to the Jewish temple, the place where God commanded his people to worship at that time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	21	klz9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Believe me	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	21	tisq		γύναι	1		Here, **woman** refers to the Samaritan woman. If it is impolite to call someone “woman” in your language, you can use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
 JHN	4	21	eccs	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		Here, **hour** refers to a point in time when something happens. It does not refer to a 60-minute length of time. See the discussion of this in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “a point in time is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	21	ff27	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	4	21	nu5m	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ	1	you will worship the Father	Here, **this mountain** refers to Mount Gerizim. See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “here on Mount Gerizim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	22	guu4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know	**You** is plural here in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	4	22	guu4	figs-you	ὑμεῖς…οὐκ οἴδατε	1	You worship what you do not know. We worship what we know	**You** is plural here in this verse and refers to the Samaritan people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you Samaritan people … you all do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	22	c54u	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** here is exclusive. Jesus is only referring to himself and the Jewish people. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “We Jewish people … we all know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	22	i2df	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	for salvation is from the Jews	The phrase **from the Jews** indicates that the Jewish people were the people group from which **salvation** came. This is true because the Savior Jesus was from the Jewish people. This phrase does not mean that the Jewish people themselves will save others from their sins. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “for salvation comes from among the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	22	yj1y	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σωτηρία	1	salvation is from the Jews	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **salvation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the way to be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -485,27 +485,27 @@ JHN	4	23	utt7	figs-abstractnouns	ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ
 JHN	4	24	pfdv		ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1		See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
 JHN	4	25	ip1u	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	25	lp44	figs-explicit	ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	I know that the Messiah … Christ	**Christ** is the Greek translation of **Messiah**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the one called Christ in the Greek language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	25	ek2f	writing-pronouns	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **he** and **that one** refer to the Messiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah may come, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	4	25	ek2f	writing-pronouns	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **he** and **that one** refer to the Messiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When the Messiah may come, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	4	25	u8nb	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	he will explain everything to us	The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	25	u8nb	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	he will explain everything to us	The words **declare everything** imply all that the people need to know. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he will tell us all that we need to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	25	izgt	figs-exclusive	ἡμῖν	1		When the woman said “us,” she was including the people to whom she was speaking, so this would be inclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	4	26	lvgs	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	26	rbgo	figs-123person	ὁ λαλῶν σοι	1		Jesus is referring to himself in third person. If this would confuse your readers, you can use the first person form, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	4	27	vk5j		ἐπὶ τούτῳ	1	At that moment his disciples returned	Alternate translation: “at the time he said this” or “just as Jesus was saying this”
-JHN	4	27	p39j	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει	1	Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman	In the culture of that time, it was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if they were alone or if that woman was a Samaritan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they were amazed that he was speaking alone with an unknown woman, because people didn’t usually do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	27	p39j	figs-explicit	καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει	1	Now they were wondering why he was speaking with a woman	In the culture of that time, it was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a **woman** he did not know, especially if they were alone or if that woman was a Samaritan. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they were amazed that he was speaking alone with an unknown woman, because people didn’t usually do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	27	cbc9		τί ζητεῖς?	1	no one said, “What … want?” or “Why … her?”	This question could be spoken to: (1) Jesus. Alternate translation: “What do you want from this woman?” (2) the woman. Alternate translation: “What do you want from him?”
 JHN	4	28	f13n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	28	iu9d	figs-gendernotations	τοῖς ἀνθρώποις	1		Here, **the men** could refer to: (1) the men who lived in the nearby town and would have been working out in the fields at that time. Alternate translation: “to the men of the town” (2) the people who lived in the nearby town. Alternate translation: “to the people of the town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	4	29	hb5h	figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	Come, see a man who told me everything that I have ever done	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me even though I never met him before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	4	29	dl18		μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This could not be the Christ, could it?	This question is not a rhetorical question. The woman is not sure that Jesus is the **Christ**, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer. However, the fact that she asked the question instead of making a statement indicates that she is uncertain. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows her uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that this is the Christ?”
-JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him	**They** here refers to the men or people from the town to whom the woman had spoken. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	4	30	d4fu	writing-pronouns	ἐξῆλθον	1	the disciples were urging him	**They** here refers to the men or people from the town to whom the woman had spoken. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Your translation will depend on how you translated “the men” in verse [28](../04/28.md). Alternate translation: “The men of the town went out” or “The nearby townspeople went out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	31	t6hy		ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	In the meantime	Alternate translation: “While the woman was going into town” or “During the time that the woman was in the town”
 JHN	4	31	mgs7	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the disciples were urging him, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	4	31	z7wy	figs-imperative	Ῥαββεί, φάγε	1		Here, **eat** is an imperative, but it communicates a polite request rather than a command. Use a form in your language that communicates a polite request. It may be helpful to add an expression such as “please” to make this clear. Alternate translation: “Rabbi, please eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
 JHN	4	32	j8h2	figs-extrainfo	ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν	1	I have food to eat that you do not know about	Here Jesus uses the word **food** figuratively to refer to doing God’s will, as he states in [verse 34](../04/34.md). However, his disciples do not understand this and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to them in this verse. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	4	33	w451		μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν?	1	No one has brought him anything to eat, have they?	The disciples think Jesus is literally talking about something **to eat**. They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a way that shows their uncertainty. Alternate translation: “Is it even possible that someone brought him food to eat?”
 JHN	4	34	bnke	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here Jesus uses **food** figuratively to refer to obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	4	34	tvp1	figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	My food is to do the will of him who sent me and to complete his work	Here Jesus uses **food** figuratively to refer to obeying God’s **will**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “Like food satisfies a hungry person, doing the will of the one who sent me and completing his work satisfies me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	4	34	l64q	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	34	l64q	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the one who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	35	u5d6	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	Do you not say	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	4	35	y5d7	figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1		Jesus using the term **Behold** to call the disciples’ attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	4	35	coiv	figs-idiom	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν	1		This phrase, **lift up your eyes**, is a common idiom in the Bible that is used to describe the act of looking at something or direct one’s own attention toward something. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@@ -516,20 +516,20 @@ JHN	4	36	qtf8	figs-exmetaphor	μισθὸν, λαμβάνει	1		Jesus continues
 JHN	4	36	qc31	figs-exmetaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	and gathers fruit for everlasting life	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. Jesus uses the phrase**fruit for eternal life** figuratively to refer to people who believe his message and are forgiven for their sins, so that they can have eternal life with God in heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a simile. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that the one who is harvesting gathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	36	nuku	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ σπείρων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. The act of **sowing** seed is used figuratively to refer to the act of preparing people to receive Jesus’ message. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “the one who is preparing people to receive the message is like one who is sowing seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	37	w4xn	figs-explicit	ἐν…τούτῳ	1		Here, **this** could refer to: (1) the statements in the rest of this verse and the next verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I am about to say,” (2) the statement in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “regarding what I have just said,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	37	rqe7	figs-exmetaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων	1	One sows, and another harvests	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used figuratively to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	37	rqe7	figs-exmetaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων	1	One sows, and another harvests	Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **sowing** is used figuratively to refer to preparing people to receive the message of Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “One preparing people to receive the message is like one sowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	37	eqwf	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	37	eqwf	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ θερίζων	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvesting** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “the one proclaiming the message to those who are receiving it is like one harvesting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
-JHN	4	38	cpob	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς	1		In this verse **you** is plural and refers to the disciples to whom Jesus is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	4	38	cpob	figs-you	ὑμᾶς…ὑμεῖς…ὑμεῖς	1		In this verse **you** is plural and refers to the disciples to whom Jesus is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you who are my disciples … you … you disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	4	38	tu2y	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	4	38	tu2y	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγὼ ἀπέστειλα ὑμᾶς θερίζειν	1		Jesus continues to speak figuratively to describe people proclaiming and receiving his message. This is part of an extended metaphor in verses [35–38](../04/35.md). Here, **harvest** refers to proclaiming the message of Jesus to those already prepared to receive it. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “I sent you to successfully proclaim my message like those who harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	4	38	lq36	figs-explicit	ὃ οὐχ ὑμεῖς κεκοπιάκατε	1		This phrase refers to those who received Jesus’ message when his disciples proclaimed it to them. Although the disciples did not prepare those people to receive the message, they enjoyed the benefits of seeing those people trust in Jesus for salvation. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “those people whom you previously did not prepare to receive the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	4	38	fbcv	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν	1		**Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	4	38	fbcv	figs-explicit	ἄλλοι κεκοπιάκασιν	1		**Others** here refers to those people who prepared people to receive Jesus’ message before Jesus’ disciples successfully proclaimed that message to them. This would include Jesus, John the Baptist, and possibly the Old Testament prophets as well. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Others such as myself and the prophets have labored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	38	slw4		ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	you have entered into their labor	Here, **entered into** means to have joined others or participated with others in doing something. Alternate translation: “you are joining in doing their work”
 JHN	4	39	nbcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ…τῆς πόλεως ἐκείνης	1		Here, **that city** refers to the the Samaritan city of Sychar. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	39	qda3	figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	He told me everything that I have done	Here, **everything** is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “He told me many things that I have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	4	40	w3ck	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν…αὐτὸν…ἔμεινεν	1		In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	4	40	w3ck	writing-pronouns	πρὸς αὐτὸν…αὐτὸν…ἔμεινεν	1		In this verse **him** and **he** refer to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jesus … Jesus … Jesus stayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	41	qrj5	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **word** refers to the message that Jesus proclaimed. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	4	42	u7ev	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1		Here, **they** refers to the Samaritans from Sychar. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the local Samaritans said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	4	42	u7ev	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1		Here, **they** refers to the Samaritans from Sychar. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the local Samaritans said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	42	ciyt	figs-exclusive	πιστεύομεν…ἀκηκόαμεν…οἴδαμεν	1		**We** throughout this verse refers to the Samaritan townspeople who came to Jesus apart from the Samaritan woman, so the pronoun would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	4	42	fpdj	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	4	42	fpdj	writing-pronouns	οὗτός	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	42	k4cz	figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	world	Here, **world** refers to everyone throughout the world who believes in Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	4	43	n1mk	writing-newevent	μετὰ δὲ τὰς δύο ἡμέρας	1		This phrase introduces a new event that happened after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After he had spent two days in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	4	43	gj2f	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖθεν	1	from there	Here, **there** could refer to: (1) the Samaritan city of Sychar. Alternate translation: “from Sychar” (2) the region of Samaria in general. Alternate translation: “from Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -546,12 +546,12 @@ JHN	4	46	ffm3	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** indicates t
 JHN	4	46	w3dy	translate-names	τὴν Κανὰ	1		See how you translated this name in [2:1](../02/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	46	vp1m	translate-names	Καφαρναούμ	1		See how you translated **Capernaum** in [2:12](../02/12.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	46	bp3w	writing-participants	καὶ ἦν τις βασιλικὸς	1	royal official	This phrase introduces a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. The expression **royal official** identifies this man as someone who was in the service of the king. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man who was a government official who served the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
-JHN	4	47	brcf	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to the royal official. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	4	47	brcf	writing-pronouns	οὗτος	1		**He** here refers to the royal official. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	47	p2nv	translate-names	τῆς Ἰουδαίας	1		See how you translated **Judea** in [verse 3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	4	47	scql	translate-names	τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1		See how you translated **Galilee** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	4	47	eqga	writing-pronouns	ἤμελλεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the official’s son was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	4	47	eqga	writing-pronouns	ἤμελλεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the official’s son was about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	48	u73r	figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	Unless you see signs and wonders, you will not believe	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “Only if you see signs and wonders will you believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN	4	48	hlts	figs-you	ἴδητε…πιστεύσητε	1		The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	4	48	hlts	figs-you	ἴδητε…πιστεύσητε	1		The word **you** is plural in this verse. This means that Jesus was not only speaking to the royal official, but also to the other people who were there. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you all would see … you all would … believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	4	48	n3ot	figs-hendiadys	σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα	1		This phrase expresses a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **wonders** describes the character of Jesus’ miraculous **signs**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “wonderful miraculous signs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
 JHN	4	49	ui6f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	49	y3vi		κύριε	1		The royal official calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. See how you translated this word in [4:11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
@@ -559,10 +559,10 @@ JHN	4	49	ycdt	figs-imperative	κατάβηθι	1		This is an imperative, but it
 JHN	4	50	n5mo	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	4	50	cbtv	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **the man** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	50	uwa3	figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν…τῷ λόγῳ	1	believed the word	Here, **word** refers to all that Jesus said to the man. It does not refer to one specific word that Jesus said. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “believed the words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	4	51	a5gw	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	While	In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	4	51	a5gw	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1	While	In this verse **he**, **his**, and **him** refer to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	51	h5h4	figs-quotations	λέγοντες, ὅτι ὁ παῖς αὐτοῦ ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. You will also need to adjust the sentence to indicate to whom they are speaking. Alternate translation: “saying, ‘Your son lives’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
 JHN	4	52	x2ta	figs-quotations	ἐπύθετο οὖν τὴν ὥραν παρ’ αὐτῶν ἐν ᾗ κομψότερον ἔσχεν	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a direct quotation. Alternate translation: “So he asked from them, ‘In what hour did he begin to improve?’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
-JHN	4	52	y2e9	writing-pronouns	ἔσχεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son who was ill. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	4	52	y2e9	writing-pronouns	ἔσχεν	1		Here, **he** refers to the royal official’s son who was ill. If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	4	52	qdye		ὥραν ἑβδόμην	1		In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. Here, the seventh hour indicates a time in the middle of the day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “at about one o’clock in the afternoon”
 JHN	4	53	tlgi	figs-explicit	ὁ πατὴρ	1		Here, **the father** refers to the royal official who was introduced in verse [46](../04/46.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the royal official” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	4	53	qek2	figs-quotations	εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ὁ υἱός σου ζῇ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Jesus had said to him that his son lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ JHN	5	6	w97q	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	he said to him	Here John uses the p
 JHN	5	7	aeu3		κύριε	1	Sir, I do not have	The man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	5	7	ny5f	figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	when the water is stirred up	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, verse [4](../05/04.md) indicates who the man believed was doing the action. Alternate translation: “when an angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	7	kul6		εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν	1	into the pool	See how you translated **pool** in verse [2](../05/02.md).
-JHN	5	7	u93g		ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει	1	another steps down before me	The man believed that only the first person to enter the water after the water stirred would be healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another goes down before me and is healed”
+JHN	5	7	u93g		ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει	1	another steps down before me	The man believed that only the first person to enter the water after the water stirred would be healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “another goes down before me and is healed”
 JHN	5	8	eqe4	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Get up	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	5	9	i4tk	writing-background	δὲ…ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Now that day	John uses the word **Now** to show that the words that follow provide background information for a new event in the story that takes place in [verses 10–13](../05/10.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The day on which Jesus healed the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	5	10	ja3x	figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	So the Jews said to him who was healed	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ JHN	5	10	xd9b		Σάββατόν ἐστιν	1	It is the Sabbath	Your language mi
 JHN	5	10	o8eq	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἆραι τὸν κράβαττον σου	1		Here, the Jewish leaders (who were probably Pharisees) said this because they thought that the man was doing work by carrying his mat, and so he was disobeying God’s command to rest and not work on the Sabbath. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is not permitted for you, according to our law, to carry your mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	11	en3v		ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ	1	He who made me healthy	Alternate translation: “The one who made me well” or “The one who healed me of my illness”
 JHN	5	11	kpkd	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκεῖνός μοι εἶπεν, ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “that one said to me to pick up my mat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	5	12	r7nx	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν	1	They asked him	**They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	12	r7nx	writing-pronouns	ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν	1	They asked him	**They** here refers to the Jewish leaders and **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	12	kryx	figs-quotesinquotes	ὁ εἰπών σοι, ἆρον	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “who said to you to pick it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	5	13	qtsj	figs-activepassive	ὁ…ἰαθεὶς	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John indicates who did the action in the previous verses. Alternate translation: “the one whom Jesus had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	5	13	tijo	figs-ellipsis	τίς ἐστιν	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “who it was who had healed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -600,22 +600,22 @@ JHN	5	13	sgx1	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὄχλου ὄντος ἐν τῷ
 JHN	5	13	qzpi	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλου	1		The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	5	14	rl0k	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1		**After these things** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events which the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	5	14	h1ri	figs-pastforfuture	εὑρίσκει	1	Jesus found him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	5	14	qo3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the healed man … that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	14	qo3z	writing-pronouns	αὐτὸν…αὐτῷ	1		Here, **him** refers to the man whom Jesus had healed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the healed man … that man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	14	h39z	figs-metaphor	ἴδε	1	See	Jesus uses the term **Behold** to call the man’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	15	auad	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	16	efg2	writing-background	καὶ διὰ τοῦτο, ἐδίωκον οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τὸν Ἰησοῦν, ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει ἐν Σαββάτῳ.	1	Now	The writer uses the word **And** to show that the words this verse gives background information. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now the Jews began to persecute Jesus because he was doing these things on the Sabbath.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	5	16	ef9i	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	16	ef9i	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to what the man whom Jesus had healed told the Jewish leaders. The Jewish leaders began to persecute Jesus because he had healed the man on the Sabbath, which was something they believed was against the law of Moses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Jesus had healed him on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	16	kup5	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	5	16	acn0	figs-explicit	ὅτι ταῦτα ἐποίει	1		This phrase indicates a second reason why the Jewish leaders began persecuting Jesus. Here, **these things** refers to Jesus healing people on the Sabbath. The plural **things** indicates that he healed on the Sabbath multiple times, not just on the occasion recorded in verses [5–9](../05/05.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he was doing these healings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	16	f69o		ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1		Your language might use an indefinite article rather than the definite article here, since the synagogue ruler is not speaking of a specific Sabbath. Alternate translation: “on a Sabbath day”
 JHN	5	17	lq1v	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	My Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	18	zrmw	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο οὖν	1		Here, **this** refers to what Jesus had said in the previous verse. One of the reasons why the Jewish leaders wanted to kill Jesus was that Jesus called God his Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because Jesus said this, therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	18	t5ze	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [5:10](../05/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees themselves added many regulations which they considered to be equal to those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	5	18	jwmx	figs-idiom	ὅτι οὐ μόνον ἔλυε τὸ Σάββατον	1		The phrase **breaking the Sabbath** is an idiom that means to disobey the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees themselves added many regulations which they considered to be equal to those God had given. It was the additional Jewish regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Jewish leaders very angry with him. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because he not only was disobeying their Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	5	18	kpkw	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	18	n8bh	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	making himself equal to God	This clause, **making himself equal to God**, is the result of what Jesus had said in the previous clause. The result of Jesus calling God Father is that he was claiming to be equal with God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the result being that he was making himself equal to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	5	19	f2qp	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates that what Jesus is about to say is a response to the accusations of the Jewish leaders that were mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because the Jewish leaders had made these accusations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
-JHN	5	19	xu0e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	19	xu0e	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		Here, **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who wanted to kill Jesus and made accusations against him in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	19	rr9q	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	19	c9in	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	19	iuc7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς…Πατέρα	1	Son … Father	**Son** and **Father** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -625,9 +625,9 @@ JHN	5	19	ymuo	figs-metaphor	τι βλέπῃ τὸν Πατέρα ποιοῦν
 JHN	5	20	t3b4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ…τὸν Υἱὸν	1	For the Father loves the Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	20	lk5n	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	20	x8ac	figs-metaphor	δείκνυσιν αὐτῷ…δείξει αὐτῷ	1	loves	Jesus uses **shows** and **show** figuratively to refer to revealing or making something known. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he reveals to him … he will reveal to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	5	20	rtb6	writing-pronouns	δείξει αὐτῷ	1		Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	20	rtb6	writing-pronouns	δείξει αὐτῷ	1		Here, **he** refers to God the Father and **him** refers to Jesus the Son. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father will reveal to the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	20	zlr7	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1	you will be amazed	Here, **works** refers specifically to miracles. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater miracles than these” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	20	y4yy	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1		Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	20	y4yy	figs-explicit	μείζονα τούτων…ἔργα	1		Here, **these** refers to the miracles that Jesus had already performed by the time he spoke these words. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “greater works than these miracles I have already performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	21	s6te	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ…Υἱὸς	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	21	xzu4	figs-explicit	ζῳοποιεῖ…οὓς θέλει ζῳοποιεῖ	1	life	The phrase **makes them alive** could refer to: (1) eternal life. Alternate translation: “makes them have eternal life … makes whom he desires have eternal life” (2) physical life, in which case it would repeat the idea of “raises the dead” in the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “makes them live again … makes alive again whom he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	21	c96p	figs-123person	ὁ Υἱὸς	1		As in the previous two verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I, the Son” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ JHN	5	22	sc4t	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν κρίσιν	1		Here, **judgment** refe
 JHN	5	22	dtxw	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ	1		As in the previous three verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	23	iqn7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Υἱὸν…τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα	1		**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	23	p2kj	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν…ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		As in the previous four verses, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	23	j7vc	figs-explicit	τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	23	j7vc	figs-explicit	τὸν Πατέρα, τὸν πέμψαντα αὐτόν	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of God, the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	24	w6wu	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	5	24	rsqh	figs-you	λέγω ὑμῖν	1		Since Jesus is speaking to a group of Jewish leaders, **you** is plural here and through [5:47](../05/47.md). If your language does not have a different form for plural **you**, you can use another way to express it. Alternate translation: “I say to you Jews” or “I say to you all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	24	v45a	figs-metaphor	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1		Here, **hearing** means listening to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one heeding my word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -655,32 +655,32 @@ JHN	5	25	k1ii	figs-explicit	ζήσουσιν	1		This could refer to: (1) having
 JHN	5	26	x136	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…τῷ Υἱῷ	1	Father … Son	**Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	5	26	f5vq	figs-explicit	ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	life	Here, the phrases **has life** and **have life** refer to being the source of life or having the ability to create life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the source of life … the right to be the source of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	26	yv7o	figs-123person	τῷ Υἱῷ…ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	5	27	pr1c	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…ἐστίν	1	the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment	The first occurrence of **he** refers to God the Father, but **him** and the second occurrence of **he** refer to the Son of Man. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father gave the Son … the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	27	pr1c	writing-pronouns	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…ἐστίν	1	the Father has given the Son authority to carry out judgment	The first occurrence of **he** refers to God the Father, but **him** and the second occurrence of **he** refer to the Son of Man. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Father gave the Son … the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	27	xlln	figs-123person	ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ…Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1		As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	27	h9em	figs-abstractnouns	ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **authority** and **judgment**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “he authorized him to act as judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	5	27	g58f	figs-explicit	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	Son of Man	See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	28	sr8j	figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Man’s authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	28	sr8j	figs-explicit	μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	Do not be amazed at this	Here, **this** refers to the the Son of Man’s authority to give eternal life and to carry out judgment, as stated in the previous two verses. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not be amazed that the Father has given the Son this authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	28	yax7	figs-metonymy	ἔρχεται ὥρα	1		See the discussion of **an hour is coming** in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated it in verse [25](../05/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	28	h9l7	figs-123person	ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ	1	hear his voice	As in the previous verses in this paragraph, Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	29	qnik	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν ζωῆς	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	5	29	vwuo	figs-possession	ἀνάστασιν κρίσεως	1		In this phrase, Jesus uses **of** to describe a **resurrection** that results in eternal **judgment**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. For further discussion of this phrase, see the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a resurrection that results in judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	5	30	bzmq	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	30	bzmq	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching and ability to do miracles. His teaching and miracles could only have authority if they came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	30	f3za	figs-ellipsis	καθὼς ἀκούω, κρίνω	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Just as I hear from the Father, I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	30	n8o9	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ δικαία ἐστίν	1		If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **judgment** and **righteous**, you could express the same ideas in other ways. Alternate translation: “I judge rightly” or “I judge justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	5	30	ayn1	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	31	f9vc	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής.	1		Here Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy 19:15, a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know that the law of Moses states that if I testify about myself, my testimony is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	31	f9vc	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ, ἡ μαρτυρία μου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής.	1		Here Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to Deuteronomy 19:15, a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know that the law of Moses states that if I testify about myself, my testimony is not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	31	qu3o	figs-explicit	ἐὰν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Jesus assumed that his listeners understood that he was referring to testifying about himself without any other witnesses. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “If I testify about myself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	32	nr3l	figs-explicit	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	another	Here, **another** refers to God the Father. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “There is another who is testifying about me, the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	33	uxh5	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1	the testimony that he gives about me is true	Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders to whom Jesus is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	5	33	uxh5	figs-you	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1	the testimony that he gives about me is true	Here and through [5:47](../05/47.md), **You** is plural and refers to the Jewish leaders to whom Jesus is speaking. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You Jewish authorities sent to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	5	33	athw	figs-ellipsis	ὑμεῖς ἀπεστάλκατε πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Jesus is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “You have sent messengers to John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	5	33	qrdg	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἰωάννην	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist) It does not refer to the apostle John, who wrote this Gospel. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to John the Baptist” or “to John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	rvc5	figs-genericnoun	παρὰ ἀνθρώπου	1	the testimony that I receive is not from man	Here, **man** does not refer to any specific man, but to any human being. Alternate translation: “from mankind” or “from anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	5	34	dseu	figs-explicit	ταῦτα λέγω	1		Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) what Jesus said about John the Baptist in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “I say this about John” (2) all that Jesus has said in verses [17–33](../05/17.md). Alternate translation: “I say these things about myself and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	34	a4je	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	that you might be saved	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “so that God might save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	5	35	qczd	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	35	qczd	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		**That one** here refers to Jesus’ cousin, often referred to as “John the Baptist.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johnthebaptist]]) If it would be misunderstood to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Immerser” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	5	35	w4w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων	1	John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while	Jesus uses the word **lamp** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	35	w4w3	figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων	1	John was a lamp that was burning and shining, and you were willing to rejoice in his light for a while	Jesus uses the word **lamp** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist. In the way that lamps in those days burned oil and shined light, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “That one taught you the truth about God” or “That one was like a lamp that was burning and shining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	5	35	o2j5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus uses the word **light** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	5	35	o2j5	figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1		Jesus uses the word **light** figuratively to refer to John the Baptist’s teaching. In the way that light enables people to see in the dark, so John’s teaching helped people understand God’s truth and prepared them to receive Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “in his teaching” or “in his teaching that was like a light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	5	35	i0l5	figs-metonymy	πρὸς ὥραν	1		Here, **hour** refers to a short amount of time. It does not mean a 60-minute period of time or a specific point in time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
+JHN	5	35	i0l5	figs-metonymy	πρὸς ὥραν	1		Here, **hour** refers to a short amount of time. It does not mean a 60-minute period of time or a specific point in time. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for a moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	5	36	ll75		γὰρ	1		Here, **for** indicates that what follows is an explanation of the “testimony” Jesus has mentioned in the previous clause. Alternate translation: “that testimony is”
 JHN	5	36	rt6j		τὰ…ἔργα	1	the works that the Father has given me to accomplish … that the Father has sent me	Here, **works** could refer to: (1) the miracles that Jesus did. Alternate translation: “the miracles” (2) Jesus’ miracles and teaching. Alternate translation: “the miracles and teaching”
 JHN	5	36	dvr9	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ…ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -691,10 +691,10 @@ JHN	5	38	rc2n	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	his word	Here, **w
 JHN	5	38	dfn1	figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	You do not have his word remaining in you	Here Jesus is speaking of God’s **word** as if it were an object that could remain inside people. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not live according to his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	5	38	uj90	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “me, the one whom he has sent … me whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	5	39	xi22	figs-explicit	ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	in them you have eternal life	Some Jews in Jesus’ time believed that a person could earn their way to heaven by studying the Scriptures and doing good deeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will get eternal life if you study them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1		In this verse, **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	5	39	bmc3	writing-pronouns	ἐν αὐταῖς…ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ	1		In this verse, **them**, **these**, and **the ones** all refer to the Scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state some of these words explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the Scriptures … these Scriptures are the ones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	5	39	fzbf	figs-personification	ἐκεῖναί εἰσιν αἱ μαρτυροῦσαι περὶ ἐμοῦ	1		Here Jesus is speaking of the Scriptures figuratively as though they were a person who is **testifying** about who he is. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “these indicate who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
-JHN	5	40	dzm2	figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	40	dzm2	figs-explicit	οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	you are not willing to come to me	Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus, but it means to follow him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are not willing to come and by my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	5	40	xuxj	figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	5	40	xuxj	figs-explicit	ζωὴν ἔχητε	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you might have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	5	41	c1rx	figs-gendernotations	παρὰ ἀνθρώπων	1	receive	Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	5	42	b1j4	figs-possession	τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	you do not have the love of God in yourselves	This could mean: (1) they did not **love** **God**. Alternate translation: “love for God” (2) they had not received God’s love. Alternate translation: “love from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	5	43	zw65	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	in my Father’s name	Here, John records Jesus using the word **name** figuratively to refer to God’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the authority of my Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -712,7 +712,7 @@ JHN	5	47	x7h9	figs-metonymy	τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	my words	He
 JHN	6	intro	xe4t			0		# John 6 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ fourth sign: Jesus feeds a large crowd (6:1–14)<br>2. Jesus’ fifth sign: Jesus walks on the Sea of Galilee (6:15–21)<br>3. Jesus says he is the bread of life (6:22–71)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### King<br><br>The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food. They thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people.<br><br>## Important Metaphors in this Chapter<br><br>### Bread<br><br>Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread, because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted the people to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life, just as people need food to sustain physical life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])<br><br>### Eating the flesh and drinking the blood<br><br>When Jesus said, “unless you would eat the flesh of the Son of Man and would drink his blood, you do not have life in yourselves,” he was speaking figuratively of believing in his sacrificial death on the cross for the forgiveness of sins. He also knew that before he died he would tell his followers to commemorate this sacrifice by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand to what the metaphor referred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Parenthetical ideas<br><br>Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some background information needed to better understand the story. These explanations are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. This information is placed inside parentheses.<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” several times in this chapter. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	1	qhj7	writing-background		0	General Information:	Jesus had traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. Verses [1–4](../06/01.md) tell the setting of this part of the story. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	1	el4l	writing-newevent	μετὰ ταῦτα	1	After these things	This phrase, **After these things**, introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	1	z345	figs-explicit	θαλάσσης τῆς Γαλιλαίας τῆς Τιβεριάδος	1		The **Sea of Galilee** was called by several names, one of which was Sea **of Tiberias**. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/seaofgalilee]]) If having two different names for the same place would be confusing in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Sea of Galilee (also known as the Sea of Tiberias)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	2	ebel	grammar-collectivenouns	ὄχλος πολύς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	2	g6zm		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	6	4	ri55	writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Now the Passover, the Jewish festival, was near	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This event took place near the time of the Passover, the festival of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ JHN	6	5	pzhc	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense i
 JHN	6	5	v0mp	translate-names	Φίλιππον	1		See how you translated the man’s name,**Philip**, in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	6	6	cj58	writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	But Jesus said this to test Philip, for he himself knew what he was going to do	In this verse John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now he said this at that time to test him, for he himself knew what he was going to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	6	sr0p	grammar-connect-logic-goal	πειράζων αὐτόν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which Jesus asked Philip the question in the previous verse. In your translation, follow the conventions of your language for purpose clauses. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that he could test Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
-JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	6	6	rrco	writing-pronouns	αὐτόν	1		Here, **him** refers to Philip. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Philip” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	6	uk6t	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς…ᾔδει	1	for he himself knew	Here, John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to make clear that the word **he** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus himself knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	7	z3gj	translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	Two hundred denarii worth of bread	The word **denarii** is the plural form of “denarius.” It was a denomination of money in the Roman Empire that was equivalent to one days’ wages. Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost 200 days’ wages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
 JHN	6	8	gzei	translate-names	Ἀνδρέας	1		See how you translated the name **Andrew** in [1:40](../01/40.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -736,10 +736,10 @@ JHN	6	10	n9ft	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1		Although the
 JHN	6	10	v4h0	figs-infostructure	ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ. ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι.	1		If it would be natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “So the men sat down, about 5,000 in number. (Now there was a lot of grass in the place.)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	6	10	pf33	writing-background	ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ	1	Now there was a lot of grass in the place	John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The place where the people were all coming together had a lot of grass” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	6	10	iz32		ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι	1	So the men sat down, about five thousand in number	Here, **men** refers specifically to adult males. Although the term for “men” used earlier in this verse refers to a group that included men, women, and children, here John is counting only the **men**.
-JHN	6	11	l6pm	translate-unknown	τοὺς ἄρτους	1		This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. These **loaves** are those five barley **loaves** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	6	11	l6pm	translate-unknown	τοὺς ἄρτους	1		This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. These **loaves** are those five barley **loaves** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the five loaves of barley bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	11	mnw3	figs-ellipsis	εὐχαριστήσας	1		John leaves out some words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	11	wi9d	figs-synecdoche	διέδωκεν	1	he gave it	Here, **he** refers to “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	6	11	ib37	figs-explicit	τῶν ὀψαρίων	1		These **fish** are the two **fish** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the two fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	11	ib37	figs-explicit	τῶν ὀψαρίων	1		These **fish** are the two **fish** mentioned in verse [9](../06/09.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “the two fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	12	leym	figs-activepassive	ἐνεπλήσθησαν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they had finished eating” or “they had filled themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	12	z5o3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	12	qp1n	figs-quotations	λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, συναγάγετε	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he says to his disciples to gather up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ JHN	6	13	h64z	translate-unknown	κοφίνους	1		Here, **baskets** refers to
 JHN	6	14	d7lp	figs-gendernotations	οἱ…ἄνθρωποι	1		Although the term **men** is masculine, John uses the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	6	14	gmat		ἰδόντες ὃ ἐποίησεν σημεῖον	1		This clause could refer to: (1) the time that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “at the time they saw the sign he did” (2) the reason that they said what follows in the verse. Alternate translation: “because they saw the sign he did”
 JHN	6	14	nlw1	figs-explicit	ὃ…σημεῖον	1	this sign	Here, **sign** refers to the Jesus miraculously feeding the large crowd that was described in verses [5–13](../06/05.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sign of miraculously feeding the large crowd that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	14	g8zb	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	the prophet	Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	14	g8zb	figs-explicit	ὁ προφήτης ὁ ἐρχόμενος εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	the prophet	Here, **the Prophet** refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in Deuteronomy 18:15. If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Prophet whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	15	rfbr		γνοὺς ὅτι μέλλουσιν ἔρχεσθαι	1		This clause could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “at the time he realized that they were about to come” (2) the reason that Jesus decided to withdraw. Alternate translation: “because he realized that they were about to come”
 JHN	6	15	hg4f	figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς μόνος	1		Here John uses the reflexive pronoun **himself** to emphasize that Jesus was completely alone. Use a way that is natural in your language to indicate this emphasis. Alternate translation: “completely alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
 JHN	6	16	qb23			0	Connecting Statement:	This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the Sea of Galilee in a boat.
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ JHN	6	17	fkj2	writing-background	καὶ σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει,
 JHN	6	18	q5f7	grammar-connect-logic-result	ἀνέμου μεγάλου πνέοντος	1		This clause indicates the reason for what happens in the next clause. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because a strong wind was blowing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	18	pms3	figs-metaphor	διηγείρετο	1		John uses **aroused** figuratively to refer to the wind causing the sea to become turbulent. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “was being stirred up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	18	z381	figs-activepassive	ἥ…θάλασσα…διηγείρετο	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the wind was causing the sea to be aroused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had positions for two, four, or six people who sat together and **rowed** with oars on each side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having propelled the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
+JHN	6	19	xx7d	translate-unknown	ἐληλακότες	1	they had rowed	The boats used on the Sea of Galilee usually had positions for two, four, or six people who sat together and **rowed** with oars on each side of the boat. If your readers would not be familiar with rowed boats, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having propelled the boat through the water by using oars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	6	19	sgf4	translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	about twenty-five or thirty stadia	The word **stadia** is the plural of “stadium,” which is a Roman measurement of distance equivalent to about 185 meters or a little over 600 feet. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in terms of modern measurements, either in the text or a footnote. Alternate translation: “about four and a half or five and a half kilometers” or “about three or three and a half miles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
 JHN	6	19	diko	figs-pastforfuture	θεωροῦσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	20	tjg9	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ JHN	6	24	vad6	grammar-connect-logic-result	οὖν	1		**Therefore** indicates th
 JHN	6	24	f7t2	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	6	24	cql6	figs-pastforfuture	ἔστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	6	24	fecq	figs-explicit	εἰς τὰ πλοιάρια	1		These **boats** are the **boats** mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into the boats that had come from Tiberias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	24	o7vs	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN	6	24	o7vs	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ζητοῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here John is stating the purpose for which the crowd went to Capernaum. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could seek Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	6	25	tnms	figs-explicit	πέραν τῆς θαλάσσης	1		Here, **on the other side** refers to the side of the Sea of Galilee that is opposite the side where Jesus had miraculously fed the crowd. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the opposite side of the sea from where Jesus had fed the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	26	f8j4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	6	26	l9ws		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ JHN	6	27	bric	figs-explicit	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how
 JHN	6	27	gf9q	figs-idiom	τοῦτον…ἐσφράγισεν	1		To “**set** a **seal**” on something means to place a mark on it in order to show to whom it belongs or to certify its authenticity. Here, the phrase is used as an idiom and could mean: (1) that the Father approves of the Son in every way. Alternate translation: “has affirmed his approval of him” (2) that the Son belongs to the Father. Alternate translation: “has affirmed that the Son belongs to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	29	he3q	figs-explicit	τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα πιστεύητε εἰς ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, Jesus says which **work** one must do in order to receive “the food that endures to eternal life” that was mentioned in verse [27](../06/27.md). This **work** is not any kind of labor or deed that can be done, but it is faith in Jesus, which is a gift from God ([Ephesians 2:8–9](../eph/02/08.md)). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is the work of God that is required to receive the food that endures to eternal life: that you believe in the one whom that one has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	29	aevl	figs-123person	ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		This phrase refers to Jesus. He is referring to himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
-JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	6	29	z1u9	writing-pronouns	ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	31	t3jt	figs-explicit	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν τὸ μάννα ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1		In this verse, John assumes that his readers will know that the crowd is referring to a story recorded in the Old Testament book of Exodus. In that story, the Israelites complained against Moses and Aaron because they were hungry. God responded by providing a flake-like food that fell from the sky and could be baked into bread. The people called this flake-like food “manna.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/manna]]) You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “Our fathers ate the manna when they were wandering in the wilderness after leaving Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	31	gye7	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	Our fathers	The crowd used **fathers** figuratively to refer to their ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Our ancestors” or “Our forefathers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	31	jz9p	figs-activepassive	ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	heaven	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets wrote in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ JHN	6	33	rrf5	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	gives life to the world	Here, **life** r
 JHN	6	33	k897	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	the world	Here, **the world** refers to the people who live in it. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the people living in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	34	j26s		κύριε	1		The crowd calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	6	34	z9zv	figs-synecdoche	τὸν ἄρτον	1		Here, **bread** could refer to: (1) food in general, as the word was used by the crowd in [verse 31](../06/31.md). This would mean that the crowd did not understand that Jesus was calling himself the bread from heaven. Alternate translation: “food” (2) some gift from God of which the crowd was uncertain. This would mean that the crowd recognized that Jesus was talking about something more spiritual than mere food but did not understand that he was talking about himself. Alternate translation: “heavenly food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	6	35	cr2m	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	John records Jesus continuing the **bread** metaphor to refer figuratively to himself. In Jesus’ culture, **bread** was the primary food people ate to stay alive. Just as **bread** is necessary for sustaining physical life, Jesus is necessary for giving spiritual life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly or with a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	35	yq25	figs-possession	ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1		Jesus uses **of** to describe what produces **life**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the bread that produces life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	6	35	hvpi	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	35	lgpu	figs-exmetaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος πρὸς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ πεινάσῃ; καὶ ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ διψήσει πώποτε	1		Jesus speaks about the person who trusts in him by continuing the metaphor of food that he began in verse [32](../06/32.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this metaphor as a simile. Alternate translation: “The one coming to me will be like a person who never gets hungry, and the one believing in me will be like a person who never gets thirsty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
@@ -822,9 +822,9 @@ JHN	6	38	z84i	grammar-connect-logic-result	ὅτι	1	Connecting Statement:	**For
 JHN	6	38	cpi9	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	39	uqjy	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	39	x5c1	figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ…μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	I would lose not one of all those	Jesus is using a figure of speech here to expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that means the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them whom he has given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
-JHN	6	39	p8s0	writing-pronouns	μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1		Here, **it** refers to the whole group of believers as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly or use a plural pronoun. Alternate translation: “I would not lose from the group of believers … but will raise that group up” or “I would not lose from them … but will raise them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	6	39	p8s0	writing-pronouns	μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1		Here, **it** refers to the whole group of believers as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly or use a plural pronoun. Alternate translation: “I would not lose from the group of believers … but will raise that group up” or “I would not lose from them … but will raise them up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	6	39	j7q6	figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	will raise them up	Here, to **raise** up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	6	39	npma	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	39	npma	figs-explicit	τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1		Here, **the last day** refers to “the day of the Lord,” which is the time when God judges everyone, Jesus returns to earth, and the bodies of those who are dead are raised from their graves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]]) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the day when I return and judge everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	40	wnou	grammar-connect-logic-result	τοῦτο γάρ ἐστιν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἵνα πᾶς	1		**For** introduces the reason for the Father’s will that Jesus stated in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I have just said is my Father’s will, because his will is also that everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	6	40	b84t	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	40	cb1a	figs-metaphor	πᾶς ὁ θεωρῶν τὸν Υἱὸν	1		Jesus uses **sees** figuratively to refer to understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “everyone who understands who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ JHN	6	41	wwa5	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος	1	I am the bread	H
 JHN	6	42	bm3w	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα?	1	Is not this Jesus … whose father and mother we know?	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they believe that Jesus is just a normal person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation, and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	42	i81r	figs-rquestion	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1	How then does he now say, ‘I have come down from heaven’?	Here the Jewish leaders are using the form of a question to emphasize that they do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	6	42	z0zh	figs-quotesinquotes	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα?	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “How then does he now say that he has come down from heaven?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	6	44	zis9	figs-explicit	ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1		Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	44	zis9	figs-explicit	ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1		Here, **come** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	44	jb73	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	44	k7ld	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	44	rr2m		ἑλκύσῃ αὐτόν	1	draws	Alternate translation: “would pull him” or “would drag him”
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ JHN	6	45	jg6g	writing-quotations	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν το
 JHN	6	45	wnjr	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐν τοῖς προφήταις, καὶ ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “in the prophets that all will be taught by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	6	45	fken	figs-activepassive	ἔσονται πάντες διδακτοὶ Θεοῦ	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will teach all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	45	orme	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	45	xmzr	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ	1		Here, **comes** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “comes to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	45	xmzr	figs-explicit	ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ	1		Here, **comes** does not mean to merely come near Jesus. It means to believe in him and be his disciple. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “comes to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	46	i9mp	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	6	46	lcz8	figs-123person	ὁ ὢν παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ; οὗτος ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα	1		John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the who is from God—I have seen the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	47	de5y	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -856,12 +856,12 @@ JHN	6	47	t8lk	figs-ellipsis	ὁ πιστεύων	1	he who believes	John records
 JHN	6	48	iih2	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	I am the bread of life	See how you translated this in [John 6:35](../06/35.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	49	uh76	figs-metaphor	οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	Your fathers	Jesus uses **fathers** figuratively to refer to ancestors. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	49	mr3u	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τὸ μάννα	1	died	See how you translated this expression in verse [31](../06/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	50	sa53	figs-exmetaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ, καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	This is the bread	Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one must **eat** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am this bread that comes down from heaven, just as one must eat bread to live, so must one believe in me in order to not die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	6	50	sa53	figs-exmetaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβαίνων, ἵνα τις ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ, καὶ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	This is the bread	Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to express that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one must **eat** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am this bread that comes down from heaven, just as one must eat bread to live, so must one believe in me in order to not die spiritually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	50	y1x9	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν…αὐτοῦ	1		John records Jesus referring to himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	50	gse5	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἄρτος	1		See how you translated this in verse [48](../06/48.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	50	lfwm	figs-metaphor	ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **eat** figuratively to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says figuratively here. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	6	50	lfwm	figs-metaphor	ἐξ αὐτοῦ φάγῃ	1		Here Jesus uses **eat** figuratively to refer to believing in him for salvation. What Jesus said plainly in verse [47](../06/47.md) he says figuratively here. If this would confuse your readers, you could express this with a simile. Alternate translation: “might believe in me as one eats bread to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	50	v212	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	not die	Here Jesus uses **die** figuratively to refer to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might not die spiritually” or “might not experience spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	6	51	e9g3	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one **eats** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the living bread that comes down from heaven. Just as one lives if they eat bread, so does one who believes in me live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
+JHN	6	51	e9g3	figs-exmetaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; ἐάν τις φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου, ζήσεται εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1		As in the previous verse, Jesus continues using the **bread** metaphor to say that one must believe in him in order to have eternal life just as one **eats** **bread** to sustain physical life. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “I am the living bread that comes down from heaven. Just as one lives if they eat bread, so does one who believes in me live forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
 JHN	6	51	ztqs	figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		Jesus uses this phrase emphatically to make a strong statement about who he is. Use the most natural way to express emphasis in your language. Alternate translation: “I myself am” or “I am indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	px99	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	living bread	Here, **living** refers to being the source of life or having the ability to produce life, which is synonymous with “life” in the phrase “the bread of life,” which Jesus used in verse [35](../06/35.md). See how you translated “the bread of life” in verse [35](../06/35.md). Alternate translation: “the bread that causes life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	51	gs06	figs-metaphor	φάγῃ ἐκ τούτου τοῦ ἄρτου	1		Here and in the previous verse, Jesus uses **eats** figuratively to refer to believing in Jesus for salvation. Jesus gives eternal life to those who believe in him. See how you translated “eat” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you physically alive, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -903,18 +903,18 @@ JHN	6	58	lb07	figs-explicit	ἔφαγον οἱ πατέρες καὶ ἀπέθ
 JHN	6	58	j2hx	figs-123person	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus spoke about himself as **this bread**. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	58	jv4c	figs-extrainfo	ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	He who eats this bread	Jesus is using **eating this bread** figuratively to refer to trusting him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Therefore, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	6	59	ph39	writing-background		0		In this verse John gives background information about when this event happened. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	59	ukxi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	59	ukxi	figs-explicit	ταῦτα	1		Here, **these things** refers to what Jesus said to the crowd and Jewish leaders in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these teachings about being the bread of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	t1me	figs-ellipsis	ἀκούσαντες	1		Here, John leaves out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “having heard this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	60	wf67	figs-metonymy	ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος	1		Here, **word** stands for what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “What he has just said is” or “These words are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	6	60	lmcv	figs-explicit	σκληρός	1		Here, **hard** refers to something that causes a negative reaction because it is harsh or unpleasant. It does not refer to something that is difficult to understand, but something that is difficult to accept. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “hard to accept” or “offensive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	60	cp3k	figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν?	1		Here the disciples use the question form for emphasis. If this would be confusing in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “no one is able to listen to it!” or “it is too hard to listen to!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	6	61	rn8i	figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	Does this offend you?	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	61	rn8i	figs-explicit	εἰδὼς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	Does this offend you?	This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what his disciples were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he knew” or “Even though Jesus had not heard them, he was fully aware”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	61	g3z7	figs-explicit	περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο	1		In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	61	g3z7	figs-explicit	περὶ τούτου…τοῦτο	1		In this verse, **this** refers to what Jesus had just spoken to the crowd in verses [26–58](../06/26.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “about these teachings … what I teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	61	j2gj	figs-you	ὑμᾶς	1		Here and throughout [verses 61–71](../06/61.md) **you** is plural and refers to Jesus’ disciples. If your language distinguishes between singular and plural second person pronouns, you should use the plural form of **you**. Alternate translation: “you disciples of mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	6	62	r33r	figs-ellipsis	ἐὰν…θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον?	1		Here, John records Jesus using only one part of a conditional sentence. He leaves out the second part of the conditional sentence for emphasis. Many languages need to have both parts of a conditional sentence in order to make the sentence complete. If this is true for your language, you could supply the second clause from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if you would see the Son of Man going up to where he was before, would it offend you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	6	62	v4tr	figs-123person	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		Jesus is speaking of himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	6	62	ibnq	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	62	uxe0	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	62	uxe0	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1		This phrase refers to heaven, where Jesus was **before** he came down to earth. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to heaven, where I used to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	nx51	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμά ἐστιν τὸ ζῳοποιοῦν	1		Here, **making alive** refers to giving eternal life, not physical life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Spirit is the one giving eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	ygqi	figs-explicit	ἡ σὰρξ	1		Here, **the flesh** could refer to: (1) human nature, as in the UST. (2) Jesus’ body. Alternate translation: “my flesh” (3) both human nature and Jesus’ body. “your nature and my flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	63	y558	figs-explicit	οὐκ ὠφελεῖ οὐδέν	1	profits	Here, **profit** means to be beneficial or useful. It does not mean to earn money. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has no benefit” or “is no help at all”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -923,13 +923,13 @@ JHN	6	63	plw8		πνεῦμά ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) from the Spirit
 JHN	6	63	gb29		καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1		This could mean: (1) give life. Alternate translation: “and they give life” (2) about life. Alternate translation: “and they are about life”
 JHN	6	63	dz25	figs-explicit	ζωή	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	64	ey1e	writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	For Jesus knew from the beginning who were the ones … who it was who would betray him	In this sentence John gives background information to explain why Jesus said the earlier part of this verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus said this because he knew from the start who did not believe and who would later betray him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	6	64	rlhr	figs-explicit	οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν…οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες	1		The implied object of **believe** and **believing** is Jesus or Jesus’ teaching. If your language requires an object for these words, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who do not believe in me … the ones not believing in me” or “who do not believe what I say … the ones not believing what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	64	rlhr	figs-explicit	οἳ οὐ πιστεύουσιν…οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες	1		The implied object of **believe** and **believing** is Jesus or Jesus’ teaching. If your language requires an object for these words, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who do not believe in me … the ones not believing in me” or “who do not believe what I say … the ones not believing what I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	65	e9ex	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	6	65	e9ex	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to the information Jesus said in the previous verse. If it would be misunderstood for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because of the disbelief I have just told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	6	65	c3cl	figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	no one can come to me unless it is granted to him by the Father	See how you translated the identical phrase in verse [44](../06/44.md). Alternate translation: “no one is able to come to be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	6	65	ckfz	writing-pronouns	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronoun **it** refers to the ability to come to Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ability to come to me would be have been granted to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	6	65	ckfz	writing-pronouns	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ	1		Here, the pronoun **it** refers to the ability to come to Jesus and be his disciple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ability to come to me would be have been granted to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	6	65	uvxb	figs-activepassive	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Father would give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	6	65	g4za	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		Here, **stayed behind** is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one had lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
+JHN	6	66	o1pd	figs-idiom	ἀπῆλθον εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω	1		Here, **stayed behind** is an idiom that refers to going back to living the way one had lived previously. Here, these people left Jesus to go back to living the way they had lived before they met him. If this might confuse your readers, you could state its meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “returned to their former manner of living” or “went back to their previous way of life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	6	66	h8j9	figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	no longer walked with him	Although Jesus did walk from one place to another, here **walking** is used figuratively to refer to how a person lives and behaves. These people were **no longer** living according to Jesus’ teaching and thus were no longer his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “no longer obeyed his teachings” or “no longer were his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	6	67	bg2f	figs-nominaladj	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	the twelve	John is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	6	67	hoye	translate-names	τοῖς δώδεκα	1		If your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as the ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -987,8 +987,8 @@ JHN	7	15	k8wh	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here, John records the Jewish leaders
 JHN	7	15	oqzy	figs-explicit	μὴ μεμαθηκώς	1		Here, the Jewish leaders use **educated** to refer to receiving a Jewish religious education, which would include studying the Hebrew scriptures and Jewish religious traditions. This does not mean that they thought Jesus didn’t know how to read or write. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “not being trained in our scriptures and doctrines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	15	z0db	writing-quotations	ἐθαύμαζον…οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “the Jews marveled, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	7	16	h7mr	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	of him who sent me	Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	17	vlcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν…ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is with God’s authority … only with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	17	vlcd	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐστιν…ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of Jesus’ teaching. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is with God’s authority … only with my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	18	u5h6	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what the person is speaking. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	18	u5h6	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what the person is speaking. A teaching could only have authority if God was its source. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	18	z5bx	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἰδίαν ζητεῖ; ὁ δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “seeks to make himself glorious, but the one seeking to make the one who sent him glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	18	xf9j	figs-abstractnouns	ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **unrighteousness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he is not wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	19	c7xq	figs-rquestion	οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον, καὶ οὐδεὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον?	1	Did not Moses give you the law?	Jesus is using the form of a question to add emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law, but none of you obeys the law!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ JHN	7	21	l1zf	figs-explicit	πάντες θαυμάζετε	1	you all marvel	The
 JHN	7	22	o9n9	figs-explicit	διὰ τοῦτο	1		Here, **this** refers to someone doing something on the Sabbath to help someone else. More specifically, Jesus is referring to the time he offended the Jews by healing a paralyzed man on the Sabbath. This event was indirectly mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “On account of activities like healing taking place on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	22	d8sw	writing-background	οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων	1	not that it is from Moses, but from the ancestors	Here Jesus provides additional information about where the Jewish practice of circumcision came from. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	7	22	w22v	figs-explicit	τῶν πατέρων	1		Here, **fathers** refers specifically to the first ancestors of the Jewish people, who are often called “the Patriarchs.” Those people are Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. It does not refer to the ancestors of the Jewish people in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Patriarchs” or “the men who founded the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	22	cs9z	figs-explicit	ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον	1	on the Sabbath you circumcise a man	Jesus implies that the act of **circumcision** was a kind of work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	22	cs9z	figs-explicit	ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον	1	on the Sabbath you circumcise a man	Jesus implies that the act of **circumcision** was a kind of work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	22	dl6z	figs-genericnoun	ἄνθρωπον	1		Jesus is speaking of any Jewish **man** in general, not of one particular **man**. If this use of **man** would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a more natural expression. Alternate translation: “men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	7	23	t21u	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	If a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath	John records Jesus speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since a man receives circumcision on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	7	23	k04n	figs-genericnoun	λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος	1		See how you translated **man** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “men receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -1011,13 +1011,13 @@ JHN	7	23	owuc	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ νόμος	1		See how you translated *
 JHN	7	23	ltsk	figs-activepassive	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you might not break the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	7	23	fbk2	figs-idiom	μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1		Here, Jesus uses **broken** figuratively to refer to disobeying the regulations that God gave in **the law of Moses**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the regulations of the law of Moses might not be disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	23	w9wn	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ?	1	why are you angry with me because I made a man completely healthy on the Sabbath?	Jesus is using the question form for emphasis. If your language does not use this type of question, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
-JHN	7	24	x4fl	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously	Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right based only on what they can see. A person does something for a reason and that reason cannot be seen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge people according to appearance! Instead, decide what is right according to what God says is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	24	x4fl	figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	Do not judge according to appearance, but judge righteously	Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right based only on what they can see. A person does something for a reason and that reason cannot be seen. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not judge people according to appearance! Instead, decide what is right according to what God says is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	24	mrll	figs-abstractnouns	κατ’ ὄψιν	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **appearance**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “according to what you see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	24	b7zy	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “judge righteously” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	25	ts7d	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι?	1	Is not this the one they seek to kill?	Here, **the Jerusalemites** are using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This is the one they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	26	n5pi	figs-explicit	οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν	1	they say nothing to him	The Jerusalemites use this phrase in order to imply that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	26	s2un	figs-explicit	μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός?	1	It cannot be that the rulers indeed know that this is the Christ, can it?	Here, the Jerusalemites ask this question in a way that expects a negative response, but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that the rulers really know this is the Christ?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	7	26	f1jp	figs-explicit	οἱ ἄρχοντες	1		This phrase refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin, which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	26	f1jp	figs-explicit	οἱ ἄρχοντες	1		This phrase refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin, which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	27	rqq8	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		Here, John records the Jerusalemites saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	28	ht31	writing-quotations	διδάσκων…καὶ λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “while he was teaching he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	7	28	zxh7		ἔκραξεν	1	cried out	Alternate translation: “spoke in a loud voice”
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ JHN	7	38	y1zb	figs-explicit	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1		Here, **living** is u
 JHN	7	38	ebk7	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῦ	1		The pronoun **his** could refer to: (1) the person who believes in Jesus. This meaning is used in most Bible translations and assumes that a new sentence begins at the beginning of this verse. Alternate translation, as in the ULT: “his” (2) Jesus. This meaning is used in some ancient church writings and assumes that the sentence at the end of the previous verse continues into through **the one believing in me** in this verse. Alternate translation: “my” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	38	cx1q	figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	from his stomach	Here the **stomach** is used figuratively to refer to the non-physical part of a person. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	7	39	i8wx	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information to clarify what Jesus was talking about in the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	7	39	qbr1	figs-explicit	οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit had not yet been given	John implies here that **the Spirit** would later come to dwell in those who trusted in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to dwell in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	39	qbr1	figs-explicit	οὔπω…ἦν Πνεῦμα	1	the Spirit had not yet been given	John implies here that **the Spirit** would later come to dwell in those who trusted in Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to dwell in the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	39	n599	figs-explicit	οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη	1		Here the word **glorified** could refer to: (1) the time when Jesus would die on the cross and rise from the dead (see John [12:23](../12/23.md)). Alternate translation: “had not yet been crucified and resurrected” (2) the time when Jesus would ascend to his Father in heaven. [Acts 1–2](../act/01/01.md) records the Holy Spirit coming after Jesus went up to heaven. Alternate translation: “had not yet returned to God in glory” (3) both the crucifixion, resurrection, and ascension of Jesus. Alternate translation: “had not yet been glorified by his death, resurrection, and return to heaven” See the discussion of double meaning in Part 3 of the Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	40	xvts	grammar-connect-time-sequential	οὖν	1		**Then** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the narrative from [verse 38](../07/38.md), which John had interrupted with background information in [verse 39](../07/39.md). If your readers would misunderstand this reference to earlier events, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “After Jesus had said this about the Holy Spirit,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
 JHN	7	40	schi	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐκ τοῦ ὄχλου	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ JHN	7	42	n8nb	figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ
 JHN	7	42	ep4z	figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	Have the scriptures not said	**Scripture** here is referred to as though it were a person who could speak. If this use of **said** might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Have the prophets not said in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
 JHN	7	43	h7d3	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα…ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the crowd was divided” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	7	43	lf5r	grammar-collectivenouns	ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	7	44	yv80	writing-pronouns	τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd with whom Jesus had just spoken, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	7	44	yv80	writing-pronouns	τινὲς…ἐξ αὐτῶν	1		Here, **them** refers to the people in the crowd with whom Jesus had just spoken, particularly those who were opposed to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of his opponents in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	7	44	rc64	figs-idiom	οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 30](../07/30.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	7	47	z95z	figs-explicit	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε?	1	Have you also been deceived?	**The Pharisees** ask this question in a way that expects a negative response but also expresses uncertainty about that response. If your language has a question form that assumes a negative response with uncertainty, you should use it here. Alternate translation: “Could it be possible that you have also been deceived?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	47	i47o	figs-activepassive	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “He has not also deceived you, has he?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1088,7 +1088,7 @@ JHN	7	51	y8df	figs-personification	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει
 JHN	7	51	c2h5	figs-genericnoun	τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1		Here, **a man** does not refer to a specific man. It refers to any man in general. Alternate translation: “any man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
 JHN	7	52	pt91	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ?	1	Are you also from Galilee?	The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not **from Galilee**. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. If your language does not use questions in this way, use another way to express the emphasis. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those people from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	7	52	k6pg	figs-ellipsis	ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε	1	Search and see	Here, John records the Jewish leaders leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers would misunderstand this sentence, you could supply the missing words from the context. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	7	52	jm59	figs-explicit	προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται	1	no prophet comes from Galilee	The Jewish leaders believed that Jesus came **from Galilee** and that no **prophet** in the scriptures came **from Galilee**. Therefore, based on their reasoning, Jesus could not be a **prophet**. However, what they believed was incorrect. Jesus did not originally come from Galilee, but Bethlehem in Judea. Also, the prophet Jonah came **from Galilee** ([2 Kings 14:25](../2ki/14/25.md)) and [Isaiah 9:1–7](../isa/09/01.md) said that the Messiah would be a great light rising from Galilee. If your readers might not understand what the Jewish leaders are implying, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “no prophet rises up from Galilee, so this man cannot be a true prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	7	52	jm59	figs-explicit	προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται	1	no prophet comes from Galilee	The Jewish leaders believed that Jesus came **from Galilee** and that no **prophet** in the scriptures came **from Galilee**. Therefore, based on their reasoning, Jesus could not be a **prophet**. However, what they believed was incorrect. Jesus did not originally come from Galilee, but Bethlehem in Judea. Also, the prophet Jonah came **from Galilee** ([2 Kings 14:25](../2ki/14/25.md)) and [Isaiah 9:1–7](../isa/09/01.md) said that the Messiah would be a great light rising from Galilee. If your readers might not understand what the Jewish leaders are implying, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “no prophet rises up from Galilee, so this man cannot be a true prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	7	52	i0im		ἐγείρεται	1		Here, **rises up** means to appear. Alternate translation: “appears”
 JHN	7	53	s5fi	translate-textvariants		0	General Information:	The best early texts do not have [7:53–8:11](../07/53.md). The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. See the discussion of this textual issue in the General Notes to this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
 JHN	8	intro	e667			0		# John 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus forgives the adulterous woman [8:1–11](../08/01.md)<br>2. Jesus says he is the light of the world (8:12–20)<br>3. Jesus says he came from above (8:21–30)<br>4. Jesus says he frees people from sin (8:31–36)<br>5. Jesus describes the true children of Abraham and the children of Satan (8:37–47)<br>6. Jesus is greater than Abraham (8:48–59)<br><br>Translators may wish to include a note at [verse 1](../08/01.md) to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate [verses 8:1–11](../08/01.md). [Verses 7:53–8:11](../07/53.md) are not in the best and oldest ancient manuscripts. Those ancient texts which do have these verses also have many differences between them, which are additional evidence that these verses were not originally in the Gospel of John. If the translators have chosen to translate these verses, then they will want to either put them in a footnote outside of the main text or mark them in some way, such as square brackets ([ ]), to indicate that the passage may not have originally been in John’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>Generally in John’s Gospel, light represents what is true and good and darkness represents what is false and evil. Similar to the discussion of light in [1:4–9](../01/04.md), in [8:12](../08/12.md) Jesus applies the light metaphor to himself in order to show that he is the embodiment of God’s truth and goodness. Jesus calls himself the Light of the World because he is the one who enables people to know God’s truth and goodness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase three times in this chapter ([8:24](../08/24.md), [28](../08/28.md), [58](../08/58.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([8:28](../08/28.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@@ -1101,19 +1101,19 @@ JHN	8	12	zf41	figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	he who follows me
 JHN	8	12	tse3	figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	will not walk in the darkness	Here Jesus uses the phrase **walk in the darkness** figuratively to refer to living a sinful life. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “may certainly not live as if he were living in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	12	vw7r	figs-possession	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	light of life	Here, John records Jesus using the **of** to describe **light** that gives **life**. If this use of the possessive form is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “light that brings life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	8	12	lvdg	figs-explicit	τῆς ζωῆς	1		Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	13	ih9h	figs-explicit	σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear witness about yourself	The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	13	ih9h	figs-explicit	σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	You bear witness about yourself	The Pharisees assumed that their listeners understood that they were referring to Jesus testifying about himself without there being any other witnesses to confirm his **testimony**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are testifying about yourself without any other witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to [Deuteronomy 19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	13	mrj6	figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	your witness is not true	The Pharisees are implying that the **testimony** of only one person **is not true** because of a rule in the law of Moses. According to [Deuteronomy 19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If your audience is not familiar with the law of Moses in the Old Testament, then you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “your testimony about yourself cannot be true because the law of Moses requires at least two witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	14	bh68	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε	1		In [verses 14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
+JHN	8	14	bh68	figs-you	ὑμεῖς δὲ οὐκ οἴδατε	1		In [verses 14–20](../08/14.md) Jesus uses the plural form of **you** to indicate that he is speaking to the Pharisees. He is not speaking directly to those who believe in him. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but you Pharisees do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	8	15	k92s	figs-metaphor	τὴν σάρκα	1	the flesh	Here Jesus uses **the flesh** figuratively to refer to human standards. Such standards are superficial and based on the limitations of sinful human nature. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “standards limited by human nature” or “superficial human standards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	15	j79i	figs-ellipsis	ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	I judge no one	This could mean: (1) Jesus does not judge anyone in the same manner as the Pharisees, that is, **according to the flesh**. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone according to the flesh” (2) Jesus is not judging anyone at that time. Alternate translation: “I do not judge anyone at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	8	16	ys2e	figs-abstractnouns	ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation, as in the UST: “I judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	8	16	jb2f		ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	my judgment is true	Here, Jesus is contrasting the nature of the Pharisees’ **judgment** with the nature of his own **judgment**. Alternate translation: “my judgment is right” or “my judgment is according to what is true”
-JHN	8	16	ev1r	figs-explicit	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί	1	I am not alone	Here, Jesus implies that he is **not alone** when he judges people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	16	ev1r	figs-explicit	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί	1	I am not alone	Here, Jesus implies that he is **not alone** when he judges people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	16	cbrc	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	16	r7dx	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατήρ	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	17	r2r8	figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	it is written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “Moses” did it. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	8	17	l6ln	figs-explicit	δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν	1	the testimony of two men is true	Here, Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to [Deuteronomy 19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If it would be helpful to your readers, then you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the testimony of two men agrees, then it is valid” or “if two men say something that agrees, then it should be considered to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	17	l6ln	figs-explicit	δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν	1	the testimony of two men is true	Here, Jesus is referring to a rule in the law of Moses. According to [Deuteronomy 19:15](../deu/19/15.md), a statement had to be confirmed by at least two witnesses in order to be considered true in legal decisions. If it would be helpful to your readers, then you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “if the testimony of two men agrees, then it is valid” or “if two men say something that agrees, then it should be considered to be true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	18	gfd3	figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	the Father who sent me bears witness about me	In addition to Jesus himself, God **the Father** also **testifies about** Jesus. Jesus thus implies that his testimony is true, because there are two witnesses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Father, who sent me, also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” or “my Father, who sent me, also testifies about me. Therefore, my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	18	gfd3	figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	the Father who sent me bears witness about me	In addition to Jesus himself, God **the Father** also **testifies about** Jesus. Jesus thus implies that his testimony is true, because there are two witnesses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Father, who sent me, also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” or “my Father, who sent me, also testifies about me. Therefore, my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	18	ayl5	figs-explicit	ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1		Here, this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in verse [16](../08/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	18	ycc8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατήρ	2	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	8	19	o66t	figs-explicit	οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε	1		In this verse, **know** refers to knowing who Jesus and God actually are, not just knowing information about them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “You know neither who I am nor who my Father is; if you had known who I am, you would have known who my Father is also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1140,12 +1140,12 @@ JHN	8	23	svn1	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου
 JHN	8	23	w3vx	figs-metonymy	τούτου τοῦ κόσμου…τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1		Here, **this world** refers to everything in the universe that has been corrupted by sin and is hostile to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this sinful world … this sinful world” or “this world that opposes God … this world that opposes God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	24	jgw4		ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν…ἐγώ εἰμι, ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	you will die in your sins	This phrase **you will die in your sins** is different from the similar statement in verse [21](../08/21.md) because **sins** is plural in this verse but singular in that verse. Therefore, make sure that you translate **sins** differently than how you translated “sin” in verse [21](../08/21.md).
 JHN	8	24	he1k	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	that I AM	This could mean: (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “that I am the I AM” (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself in the previous verse: “that I am from above” See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	25	t7tv	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1	They said	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	8	25	t7tv	writing-pronouns	ἔλεγον	1	They said	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	25	c106	figs-rquestion	τὴν ἀρχὴν ὅ τι καὶ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1		Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he has already told the Jewish leaders who he is. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am who I have been telling you I am since the beginning!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	26	f9pp	figs-infostructure	ἀλλ’ ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν, κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases and make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “But I will say to the world the things that I heard from him who sent me. He is true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	8	26	n3gf	figs-extrainfo	ὁ πέμψας με…παρ’ αὐτοῦ	1		These phrases refer to God. However, since the Jewish leaders did not understand what Jesus meant when he used these phrases, you do not need to explain their meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	26	ivk5		ὁ πέμψας με ἀληθής ἐστιν	1		Here, **true** means to be truthful or to speak only the truth. If this use of **true** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who sent me is truthful” or “the one who sent me tells the truth”
-JHN	8	26	xj8y	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα	1		Jesus says that **the one who sent** him **is true** in order to imply that **these things** he **heard** and spoke are **true**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the true things that I heard from him, these true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	26	xj8y	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ ἃ ἤκουσα παρ’ αὐτοῦ, ταῦτα	1		Jesus says that **the one who sent** him **is true** in order to imply that **these things** he **heard** and spoke are **true**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the true things that I heard from him, these true things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	26	lsc7	figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	these things I say to the world	Here, John records Jesus using **the world** figuratively to refer to the people who live in **the world**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I say to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	27	i7gq	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John gives information about the Jewish leaders to explain their reaction to Jesus’ teaching. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	8	27	hh1s	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1185,17 +1185,17 @@ JHN	8	39	qp2r	figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ	1	father	Here the people use **fathe
 JHN	8	39	wg9n	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	8	39	v7og	figs-metaphor	τέκνα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ	1		Here Jesus uses **children** figuratively to mean “descendants.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “descendants of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	39	xcnx	figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe **works** that were done by **Abraham**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the works done by Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
-JHN	8	40	s615	figs-explicit	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	40	s615	figs-explicit	τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	Abraham did not do this	Here, **this** refers to what Jesus said earlier in the verse about what the Jews were trying to do to him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Abraham did not seek to kill someone who told him the truth from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	41	i87r	figs-extrainfo	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	You do the works of your father	Jesus uses the phrase **your father** to refer to the devil. However, since the Jews did not understand what Jesus meant when he used this phrase, you do not need to explain its meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	8	41	y82e	figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα	1	We were not born in sexual immorality	Here, the Jews imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is and that his birth is the result of an immoral sexual relationship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	42	nh4m	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ὁ Θεὸς Πατὴρ ὑμῶν ἦν, ἠγαπᾶτε ἂν ἐμέ	1		Jesus is making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but he already knows that the condition is not true. Jesus knows that the Jews speaking to him here do not love him and are not true followers of God. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “God is surely not your father, because if he were, you would love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
-JHN	8	42	mk2w	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have I come on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	42	mk2w	figs-explicit	ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἐλήλυθα	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came from God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “have I come on my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	42	p7iv	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	8	42	p7iv	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνός	1		Here, **that one** refers to God the Father. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	43	ig11	figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε?	1	Why do you not understand my words?	Jesus is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	43	yham	figs-metaphor	οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1		Here, **hear** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. It does not mean simply to hear what someone says. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you are not able to heed my words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	8	43	cf8v	figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1	It is because you cannot hear my words	Here, Jesus uses **words** figuratively to refer to his teachings. See how you translated this phrase in [5:47](../05/47.md). Alternate translation: “my teachings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	8	44	vgy1	figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ	1	You are of your father, the devil	The phrase **from your father** could refer to: (1) the person to whom the subject belongs, as in the UST. (2) the origin of the subject. Alternate translation: “You came from your father, the devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	44	csgm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to **the devil**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	8	44	csgm	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that one** refers to **the devil**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The devil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	8	44	pmda	figs-explicit	ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἦν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς	1		Here, **the beginning** refers to the time when the first humans, Adam and Eve, sinned. It does not refer to the very beginning of time. The devil tempted Eve to sin and Adam sinned as well. Because they sinned, all living things die as part of the punishment for sin. Therefore, Jesus calls **the devil** a **murderer** for starting the process that brought death to the world. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story. Alternate translation: “was a murderer from the time when he tempted the first people to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	44	i1e4	figs-idiom	ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ οὐκ ἔστηκεν	1		The phrase **does not stand in the truth** is an idiom that means to not accept or approve of what is true. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “does not approve of the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	8	44	j6rz	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἔστιν ἀλήθεια ἐν αὐτῷ	1		Here Jesus speaks figuratively of **truth** as if it were an object that could exist inside someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he never speaks the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ JHN	8	57	yzf9	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	Se
 JHN	8	57	r1ek	figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας?	1	You are not yet fifty years old, and you have seen Abraham?	Here, **the Jews** opposing Jesus are using this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old! You could not possibly have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	8	58	rnw4	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	8	58	k4tp	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	I AM	See how you translated **I am** verse [24](../08/24.md) and also see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	8	59	bxs5	figs-explicit	ἦραν…λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Then they picked up stones to throw at him	The Jews opposing **Jesus** are outraged at what **Jesus** said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they **picked up stones** in order to kill him by stoning because he had made himself equal to God (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/stone]]). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they picked up stones in order to kill him, because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	8	59	bxs5	figs-explicit	ἦραν…λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	Then they picked up stones to throw at him	The Jews opposing **Jesus** are outraged at what **Jesus** said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they **picked up stones** in order to kill him by stoning because he had made himself equal to God (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/stone]]). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they picked up stones in order to kill him, because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	8	59	qwe6	figs-synecdoche	τοῦ ἱεροῦ	1		**Jesus** and his Jewish opponents were in the courtyard of **the temple**. See how you translated **temple** in [verse 14](../08/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	9	intro	hq31			0		# John 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus’ sixth sign: he heals a blind man (9:1–12)<br>2. The Pharisees question the formerly blind man whom Jesus healed (9:13–34)<br>3. Jesus speaks with the formerly blind man and some Pharisees (9:35–41)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### “Who sinned?”<br><br>Many of the Jews in Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he, his parents, or someone else in his family had sinned. The rabbis even taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### “A sinner”<br><br>The Pharisees call some people in this chapter “sinners.” The Jewish leaders thought these people were sinful, but in reality the leaders were also sinful. This can be taken as irony. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### “He does not keep the Sabbath”<br><br>The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by healing the blind man. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Important Metaphors in this Chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Seeing and being blind<br><br>Jesus uses the healing of the blind man as a metaphor for spiritual blindness. Just as a blind man cannot see the physical world, a man who is spiritually blind does not recognize God’s truth, which includes his sinfulness and need for salvation. The blind man in this story is first healed from his physical blindness ([9:6–7](../09/06.md)), then from his spiritual blindness ([9:38](../09/38.md)). By contrast, the Pharisees are not physically blind but are spiritually blind. Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they have seen him do great miracles that only someone sent from God could do, but they still refuse to believe that God sent him or that they are sinners who need to repent ([9:39–40](../09/39.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([9:35](../09/35.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	9	1	un4h	grammar-connect-words-phrases	καὶ	1	Now	**And** here shows that John intended for the events in this chapter to be directly connected to what Jesus said in the previous chapter. In [chapter 8](../08/01.md), Jesus said that he is the Light of the World. In this chapter, Jesus demonstrates that he is the Light of the World by giving physical sight and spiritual light to a blind man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])
@@ -1262,13 +1262,13 @@ JHN	9	4	g92d	figs-metaphor	ἕως ἡμέρα ἐστίν	1		Here Jesus uses **
 JHN	9	4	rloj	figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται νὺξ	1		Here Jesus uses **Night** figuratively. He compares the time when he and his disciples cannot do God’s work to the nighttime, which is the time when people normally cannot work because it is too dark to see. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “The time like the night hours is coming when people cannot work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	5	f2xu	figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	in the world	Here Jesus uses **world** to refer to the earth on which people live. It does not refer only to the people in the world or to the entire universe. Alternate translation: “on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	5	dd8k	figs-metaphor	φῶς εἰμι τοῦ κόσμου	1	light of the world	See how you translated this clause in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like a light and who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	6	y3s4	figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	made mud with the saliva	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and **saliva** into **mud**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	ily8	figs-explicit	νίψαι…ἐνίψατο	1	wash … washed	Here, Jesus wanted the blind man to **wash** the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that is what the man did. Jesus did not want him to bathe or **wash** his whole body. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “and wash your eyes … washed his eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	7	haum	figs-possession	τὴν κολυμβήθραν τοῦ Σιλωάμ	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **pool** that is called **Siloam**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the pool named Siloam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	9	7	ror0	figs-activepassive	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	9	7	ri9h	writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	In this clause John provides a brief break in the storyline in order to explain to his readers what **Siloam** means. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	9	7	p54y	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	7	p54y	figs-explicit	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	which is translated “Sent”	John assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name **Siloam** means when translated from the Aramaic language into Greek. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which is the Aramaic word for ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	7	q68b	figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	which is translated “Sent”	As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may say “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+JHN	9	7	q68b	figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	which is translated “Sent”	As the next verse suggests, the man **came back** to his home, not to Jesus. Your language may state “went” rather than **came** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “went back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	9	7	rj0w	figs-explicit	βλέπων	1		Here, **seeing** means that the man became able to see before coming back. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “after becoming able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	8	d1vq	figs-ellipsis	ὅτι προσαίτης ἦν	1		This clause is missing some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “those who had seen that he was a beggar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	9	8	r79x	figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν?	1	Is not this the man that used to sit and beg?	The people here are using a rhetorical question to express their surprise at seeing the blind man who has been healed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@@ -1286,7 +1286,7 @@ JHN	9	15	d6xd	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν κα
 JHN	9	15	exy2	figs-abstractnouns	ἀνέβλεψεν	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “he could see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	9	15	g2vb	figs-explicit	ἐνιψάμην	1		See how you translated **washed** in [verse 11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “I washed my eyes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	16	hdh9	figs-explicit	τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ	1	he does not keep the Sabbath	The phrase **he does not keep the Sabbath** means he disobeys the regulations for the Sabbath that God gave in the law of Moses. The Pharisees added many regulations which they considered to be equal with those that God had given. It was these additional regulations that Jesus was disobeying, thereby making the Pharisees very angry with him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he does not obeying our Sabbath regulations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	16	h0tt	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from God**. Since Jesus was not obeying the Pharisees’ rules, they refused to believe that God had given him authority. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This man does not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	16	h0tt	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from God**. Since Jesus was not obeying the Pharisees’ rules, they refused to believe that God had given him authority. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This man does not have God’s authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	16	k4sy	figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν?	1	How can a man who is a sinner do such signs?	Some people are using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A sinner cannot possibly do such signs!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	16	qn73		σημεῖα	1	signs	See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of **signs** in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracles”
 JHN	9	16	jeyz	figs-abstractnouns	σχίσμα ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **division**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “they divided themselves against each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@@ -1306,14 +1306,14 @@ JHN	9	23	go77	figs-explicit	ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	he would be thrown out o
 JHN	9	24	h1tl		ἐφώνησαν…τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	they called the man	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders introduced in ([verse 18](../09/18.md))
 JHN	9	24	bkx6	figs-idiom	δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	Give glory to God	This is an idiom that Jewish people used when commanding someone to take an oath. It first appears in [Joshua 7:19](../jos/07/19.md) when Joshua orders Achan to confess his sin. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	9	24	ww3t	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	this man	Here, John records the Jewish leaders saying **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	25	sr93	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	that man	Here, **that one** refers to the man who had been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the man who had been blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	9	25	sr93	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνος	1	that man	Here, **that one** refers to the man who had been blind. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the man who had been blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	9	26	z2l2	figs-metonymy	πῶς ἤνοιξέν σου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		Here, **open eyes** figuratively describes the ability to see by referring to something associated with vision coming into action, specifically, the **eyes**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “How did he cause you to see?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	9	27	cf2d	figs-rquestion	τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν?	1	Why do you want to hear it again?	The man is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to listen again to what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	9	27	rpav	figs-irony	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι?	1		Here the formerly blind man actually means to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of his words. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus, but asks this question to ridicule them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
 JHN	9	28	h7hy	figs-explicit	ἐκείνου	1		Here John records the Jewish leaders saying **that one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “of that so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	28	z2tn	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί	1	but we are disciples of Moses	Here, the pronoun **we** is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Your language may require you to mark this form. Alternate translation: “but we true Jews are disciples of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
 JHN	9	29	b8id	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		Here John records the Jewish leaders saying **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	9	29	vv43	figs-explicit	τοῦτον…πόθεν ἐστίν	1	where this one is from	Here, the Jewish leaders use **from** to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from** God, but they say that they do not know where he came **from**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “where this one gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	29	vv43	figs-explicit	τοῦτον…πόθεν ἐστίν	1	where this one is from	Here, the Jewish leaders use **from** to indicate Jesus’ origin. He could only have authority if he came **from** God, but they say that they do not know where he came **from**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “where this one gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	30	d9uh	figs-exclamations	ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ τὸ θαυμαστόν ἐστιν, ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε	1		If the plain statement form for this seems unnatural, you could translate this as an exclamation and you may need to make a new sentence. Alternate translation: “This is amazing! You do not know” or “How remarkable! You do not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
 JHN	9	30	i3gm	figs-explicit	πόθεν ἐστίν	1	that you do not know where he is from	See how you translated **from** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	30	lent	figs-metonymy	ἤνοιξέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “he caused me to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ JHN	9	34	mcm3	figs-explicit	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης
 JHN	9	34	kl2x	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	they threw him out	Here John uses **threw him out** figuratively to refer to him no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. When people were thrown out of the synagogue, they were shunned by their local community. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he was forbidden to enter the synagogue” or “he was forbidden to belong to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	9	35	z6r9			0	General Information:	Jesus finds the man whom he healed in ([verses 1–7](../09/01.md)) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
 JHN	9	35	amfh	figs-metaphor	ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “they had forbidden him from entering the synagogue” or “they had forbidden him from belonging to the synagogue community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	9	35	mxkw	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν αὐτὸν	1		Here, **found** implies that **Jesus** had first searched for the man. It does not mean that Jesus unintentionally or accidentally met the man at another time. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having looked for him and found him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	9	35	mxkw	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν αὐτὸν	1		Here, **found** implies that **Jesus** had first searched for the man. It does not mean that Jesus unintentionally or accidentally met the man at another time. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having looked for him and found him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	35	tw58	figs-extrainfo	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	the Son of Man	Here Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man”. However, the formerly blind man did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself, and Jesus does not explain the metaphor to him until verse [37](../09/37.md). Therefore, you do not need to explain that Jesus is speaking about himself here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
 JHN	9	35	v3a0	figs-explicit	τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		See how you translated this phrase in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	9	36	gurg		κύριε	1		The formerly blind man calls Jesus **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. He does not yet know that Jesus is the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
@@ -1356,13 +1356,13 @@ JHN	10	1	zz7x	figs-explicit	κλέπτης…καὶ λῃστής	1	a thief and
 JHN	10	2	ib4y	figs-possession	ποιμήν…τῶν προβάτων	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe a **shepherd** who takes care of **the sheep**. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the shepherd who cares for the sheep” or “the shepherd in charge of the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	10	3	uy2v	translate-unknown	ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	The gatekeeper opens for him	A **gatekeeper** is a person who guards the sheep pen and opens the gate for the shepherd. If your readers would not be familiar with this way of protecting livestock, you could use a general expression for a person who guards an entrance. Alternate translation: “The gate guard” or “The person guarding the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	10	3	q48q	figs-ellipsis	ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει	1	The gatekeeper opens	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “The gatekeeper opens the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	10	3	ploz	writing-pronouns	τούτῳ…τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ	1		In this verse, **this one**, **his**, and **he** refer to the shepherd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for this shepherd … the shepherd’s voice … the shepherd calls his own sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	10	3	ploz	writing-pronouns	τούτῳ…τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ…τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ	1		In this verse, **this one**, **his**, and **he** refer to the shepherd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for this shepherd … the shepherd’s voice … the shepherd calls his own sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	10	3	db3c	figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει	1	The sheep hear his voice	Here, **hear** could mean: (1) all the sheep in the pen **hear** the shepherd’s **voice**, but not all of them respond to it, as in the ULT. This meaning implies that there are multiple flocks in the sheep pen. (2) the sheep that belong to the shepherd heed or obey his **voice**. This implies that **the sheep** are identical with **his own sheep**. Alternate translation: “the sheep heed his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	10	3	zxsd	figs-explicit	τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα φωνεῖ κατ’ ὄνομα	1		Here, **his own sheep** are designated as a separate group among **the sheep** of the previous clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he calls his own sheep by name out from among all the sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	10	4	n1ta	figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται	1	he goes ahead of them	Shepherds in Jesus’ culture led their sheep by walking in front of them. If people who take care of livestock in your culture do not do this, you might need to say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he leads them to pasture by walking in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	4	n1ta	figs-explicit	ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται	1	he goes ahead of them	Shepherds in Jesus’ culture led their sheep by walking in front of them. If people who take care of livestock in your culture do not do this, you might need to state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he leads them to pasture by walking in front of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	5	z8dm	grammar-collectivenouns	τῶν ἀλλοτρίων τὴν φωνήν	1		Here, the word **voice** is singular in form, but it refers to all of the strangers’ voices as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the voices of strangers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	10	6	u3nw	figs-parables	ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν	1	this parable	This **parable** is an illustration from the work of shepherds that uses metaphors. See the discussion of parables in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “this analogy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
-JHN	10	6	i3ot	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	this parable	In this verse, **them**, **those ones**, and **they** refer to the Pharisees, whom Jesus was speaking with in [9:40–41](../09/40.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	10	6	i3ot	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1	this parable	In this verse, **them**, **those ones**, and **they** refer to the Pharisees, whom Jesus was speaking with in [9:40–41](../09/40.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	10	7	q3na			0	Connecting Statement:	In [verses 7–18](../10/07.md), Jesus uses ideas from the parable he told in [verses 1–5](../10/01.md) in order to teach about himself, those who believe in him, and those who deceive the people.
 JHN	10	7	q4hs	figs-doublet	ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Truly, truly	Jesus uses this phrase to emphasize the truth of the statement that follows. See how you translated this is in [1:51](../01/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	10	7	nj4k	figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	I am the gate	Here Jesus uses the word **gate** differently than he did in [verse 1–2](../10/01.md). Here, Jesus uses **gate** figuratively to say that he provides access into heaven, where God dwells. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a simile. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@ JHN	10	29	k1ya	figs-metonymy	οὐδεὶς δύναται ἁρπάζειν ἐ
 JHN	10	30	xok8	figs-explicit	ἕν ἐσμεν	1	I and the Father are one	Here, the word translated **one** means to be one entity. Although this expression implies that Jesus is God, he is not identical to God **the Father**. Therefore, **one** cannot be translated as “one person.” If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “are one entity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	30	rs4j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ	1	I and the Father are one	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	10	31	fl8i	figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Then the Jews took up stones	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	10	31	a42t	figs-explicit	ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν	1		**The Jews** opposing Jesus are outraged at what Jesus said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they wanted to kill him with stones because he had made himself equal to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might stone him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	10	31	a42t	figs-explicit	ἵνα λιθάσωσιν αὐτόν	1		**The Jews** opposing Jesus are outraged at what Jesus said in the previous verse. Here, John implies that they wanted to kill him with stones because he had made himself equal to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that they might stone him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	32	uvdo	figs-explicit	πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ…αὐτῶν ἔργον	1		See how you translated **works** in [verse 25](../10/25.md). Alternate translation: “many good miracles … of those miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	32	kttb		ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1		This phrase could refer to: (1) the source of the **good works**. Alternate translation: “originating from the Father” (2) the one who enabled the **good works**. Alternate translation: “given to me by the Father”
 JHN	10	32	t5q8	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Jesus answered them, “I have shown you many good works from the Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ JHN	10	34	qi82	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν
 JHN	10	34	tb1l	figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Did not a prophet write” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	10	34	smk1	writing-quotations	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1	Is it not written … gods”’?	Here Jesus uses **written in your law** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 82:6](../../psa/82/06.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “Has it not been written in the Psalms, part of your law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	10	34	rycn	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν	1		Jesus is using the name of the first part of the Hebrew Scriptures, the **law**, to represent the entire Hebrew Scriptures in general. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “in your Scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could say it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
+JHN	10	34	b3gp	figs-123person	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	Jesus quotes [Psalm 82:6](../psa/82/06.md) where God calls some humans **gods**. Jesus does this in order to show that God also used the word “god” to refer to people other than himself. In the verse that Jesus quotes, the first person **I** refers to God. If this might be misunderstood by your readers, you could state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, said, ‘You are gods’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	10	34	h189	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε	1	You are gods	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “I said that you are gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	10	35	nfly			0		Verses 35 and 36 are one sentence. In this sentence, Jesus argues by moving from a weaker reason to a stronger reason (an argument from the lesser to the greater). Based on the scripture he quoted in verse 34, Jesus argues that, since God calls humans **gods** in that verse, it is even more appropriate to call him God because he is the Son of God. You may need to change the order of the clauses in order for this idea to be clearer in your language.
 JHN	10	35	ieot	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ἐκείνους εἶπεν θεοὺς	1	the word of God came	**If** indicates a conditional sentence that extends until the end of the next verse. Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since he called them gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ JHN	10	40	t8mj	figs-explicit	Ἰωάννης	1		Here, **John** refers to Jesus
 JHN	10	40	wztl	figs-explicit	ἦν Ἰωάννης τὸ πρῶτον βαπτίζων	1		Here, **first** refers to the beginning of John’s ministry. It does not mean that **John** was the **first** person to baptize people in that location. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing during the first days of his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	40	f5dx	figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	he stayed there	Jesus remained on the east side of **Jordan** for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stay**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	10	41	yfin		σημεῖον	1		See how you translated this term in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
-JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	10	41	gd31	writing-pronouns	τούτου	1		Here, **this one** refers to Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this man, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	11	intro	tks5			0		# John 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus returns to Judea (11:1–16)<br>2. Jesus’ seventh sign: Jesus makes Lazarus become alive again (11:17–46)<br>3. The Jewish leaders plan to kill Jesus (11:47–57)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### Ancient Jewish burial customs<br><br>According to the burial customs of that time, a dead person’s family would wrap the dead body with many strips of linen cloth and place it on a table inside a tomb. The tomb was either a cave or a room cut out of the side a large rock. According to Jewish tradition, the body was left to decompose in the tomb for one year. Then the family would place the bones in a stone box. If your readers would be unfamiliar with these burial customs, then you may need to provide explanations in your translation or in a note for [verses 38–44](../11/38.md).<br><br>### Passover<br><br>After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were determined to kill Jesus, so he started traveling secretly from place to place. The Pharisees knew that he would come to Jerusalem for the Passover festival because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem. Thus they planned to catch him and kill him during Passover ([11:55–57](../11/55.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### “Walks in the daytime” and “walks at night”<br><br>In [verses 9–10](../11/09.md) of this chapter, Jesus uses the idea of a person working in the light of day and stumbling in the darkness of night as a metaphor for his ministry on the earth. The “daytime” refers to the length of time that Jesus would do God’s work on the earth. The “night” refers to the end of his earthly ministry. This ministry would end when he “stumbled,” which refers to his death. Jesus uses this metaphor to comfort his disciples when they worry about him going to Judea ([11:8](../11/08.md)). He reassures them that, just as the daylight has a set length of time, so does his earthly ministry, and nothing can shorten that time.<br><br>### “One man dies for the people”<br><br>In the law of Moses, God commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. In this chapter, the high priest Caiaphas says, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” ([11:50](../11/50.md)). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” ([11:48](../11/48.md)) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem. However, God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins.<br><br>### “The Jews”<br><br>This term is used in three different ways in this chapter. Unlike in other parts of John’s Gospel, it is used here primarily to refer to the Jewish people who were living in Judea, especially Judean friends and relatives of Lazarus. Some of these Judeans believed in Jesus and others opposed him ([11:36–37](../11/36.md)). The term is also used specifically at least once in this chapter to refer to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and were trying to kill him ([11:8](../11/08.md) and possibly [11:54](../11/54.md)). Finally, the term is used in [11:55](../11/55.md) to refer to the Jewish people in general. The translator may wish to use the terms “Judeans,” “Jewish authorities,” and “Jewish people” to clarify these distinctions.<br><br>### Hypothetical situation<br><br>When Martha and Mary said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” they were speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen ([11:21](../11/21.md), [32](../11/32.md)). Jesus had not come, and their brother did die.
 JHN	11	1	fsf7	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../11/01.md) provide background information about **Lazarus** and his sisters. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	1	s5im	writing-participants	ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν Λάζαρος ἀπὸ Βηθανίας	1		This verse introduces **Lazarus** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “There was a man named Lazarus, who was from Bethany and was sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
@@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ JHN	11	11	bev5	figs-euphemism	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκο
 JHN	11	11	ze1z	figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	but I am going so that I may wake him out of sleep	Here, **wake him out of sleep** refers to Jesus’ plan to cause Lazarus to become alive again. If you have an idiom for this idea in your language, you may use it here. Since the disciples do not understand what Jesus is saying here, do not translate this in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	11	12	hn2j	figs-euphemism	εἰ κεκοίμηται	1	if he has fallen asleep	See how you translated **fallen asleep** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
 JHN	11	13	h3kl	writing-background		0		In this verse John briefly stops telling the events in the story in order to give background information about Jesus’ conversation with his disciples. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	11	13	tt6v	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνοι	1		Here, **those ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	11	13	tt6v	writing-pronouns	ἐκεῖνοι	1		Here, **those ones** refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	11	13	leg3	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	13	pf8u	figs-possession	τῆς κοιμήσεως τοῦ ὕπνου	1		John is using **of** to describe **sleep** that is **slumber**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “sleep that is actually sleep” or “natural sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	11	14	azy3		τότε…εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ	1	Then Jesus said to them plainly	Here, **plainly** means to say something clearly without using and metaphors or others figures of speech. Because the disciples did not understand the metaphor Jesus told them in [verse 11](../11/11.md), he told them the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Jesus then said to them in words that they could understand”
@@ -1550,11 +1550,11 @@ JHN	11	25	o9qv	figs-explicit	ἡ ζωή	1		Here, **Jesus** calls himself **the l
 JHN	11	25	chs2	figs-explicit	κἂν ἀποθάνῃ	1	even if he dies	Here, **dies** refers to physical death. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “even if his body dies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	25	ef7a	figs-explicit	ζήσεται	1	will live	Here, **live** refers to having eternal life. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “will have eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	26	a6gs	figs-explicit	πᾶς ὁ ζῶν	1	whoever lives and believes in me will never die	Here, **living** refers to having eternal life, as “live” does in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone who has eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	26	fue3	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Here, **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **die**, you could say this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:50](../06/50.md). Alternate translation: “may certainly not not die spiritually into eternity” or “may certainly not experience spiritual death into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	26	fue3	figs-explicit	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Here, **die** refers to spiritual death, which is eternal punishment in hell that occurs after physical death. If your readers would misunderstand this use of **die**, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [6:50](../06/50.md). Alternate translation: “may certainly not not die spiritually into eternity” or “may certainly not experience spiritual death into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	26	js8v	figs-litotes	οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	will never die	Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “may certainly live into eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
 JHN	11	27	mk4e	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	She said to him	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	27	y83q	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	11	27	au1i	figs-explicit	ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος	1		This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	27	au1i	figs-explicit	ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος	1		This phrase refers to a prophet the Jews were waiting for, based on God’s promise to send **into the world** a prophet like Moses, which is recorded in [Deuteronomy 18:15](../deu/18/15.md). If your readers will not be familiar with this Old Testament reference, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God said he would send into the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	28	yd61	translate-kinship	τὴν ἀδελφὴν	1	she went away and called her sister Mary	See how you translated **sister** in [verse 5](../11/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])
 JHN	11	28	zs2t	figs-explicit	διδάσκαλος	1	Teacher	Here, **Teacher** refers to Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Teacher, Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	30	k5hy	writing-background	οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	Now Jesus had not yet come into the village	Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “At that time Jesus had not yet come into the village” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -1568,7 +1568,7 @@ JHN	11	33	qef6	figs-doublet	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι κ
 JHN	11	33	s5uz	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	The word translated **deeply disturbed** could mean: (1) Jesus was experiencing very intense negative emotions, in which case the meaning would be similar to **troubled**. Alternate translation: “he was deeply moved” (2) Jesus was angry or indignant, which is what the word means in other books in the Bible. Alternate translation: “he was outraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	33	w7f8	figs-explicit	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι	1	he was deeply moved in his spirit and was troubled	Here, **spirit** refers to Jesus’ **spirit**. It does not refer to the Holy Spirit. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he was deeply disturbed within himself” or “he was deeply disturbed inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	34	xl9p	figs-euphemism	ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν	1	Where have you laid him	Jesus is referring to putting Lazarus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant and accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “Where have you entombed him?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	11	35	bj6b	figs-explicit	ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus wept	The word translated **wept** is different from the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	35	bj6b	figs-explicit	ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Jesus wept	The word translated **wept** is different from the word used to describe the weeping of Mary and the Jews with her in [verses 31–33](../11/31.md). The word here just means to shed tears. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried” or “Jesus shed tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	36	b6ee		οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	loved	See how you translated **the Jews** in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
 JHN	11	37	b3at	figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ?	1	Could not this man, who opened the eyes of a blind man, also have made this man not die?	Some of the Jews use the form of a question to express their surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. This could mean: (1) they believed that Jesus loved Lazarus, but doubted his ability to heal him. “He opened the eyes of the blind man, but he was not able to keep this man from dying.” (2) they thought that Jesus did not really love Lazarus because he healed the blind man but not him. Alternate translation: “He could open the eyes of the blind man. So if he really loved this man, he surely would have healed him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	11	37	a76u	figs-metonymy	ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ	1	opened the eyes	See how you translated a similar phrase in [9:14](../09/14.md). Alternate translation: “who caused the blind man to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ JHN	11	44	h203	translate-unknown	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ
 JHN	11	44	n5yj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	11	45	rlf4			0	General Information:	[Verses 45–54] explain what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead.
 JHN	11	45	ksi3		τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../11/19.md).
-JHN	11	47	yl3k	figs-explicit	Συνέδριον	1		The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the highest ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	47	yl3k	figs-explicit	Συνέδριον	1		The **Sanhedrin** is the name of the highest ruling council of the Jews. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, their ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	47	y70t	translate-names	Συνέδριον	1		**Sanhedrin** is the name of a governing body. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	47	z5e9	figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦμεν	1	What will we do?	It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	47	q01y	figs-explicit	οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1		Here, the Jewish leaders say **this man** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1598,10 +1598,10 @@ JHN	11	47	ha2e		σημεῖα	1		See how you translated **signs** in [2:11](../0
 JHN	11	48	kq4z	figs-explicit	πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	all will believe in him	The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king and rebel against the Roman government. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this explicitly. Alternate translation: “everyone will believe in him, make him king, and revolt against the Roman government” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	48	hr3p	figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	the Romans will come	The Jewish leaders use **the Romans** figuratively to refer to the Roman army. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Roman soldiers will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	48	ah4r	figs-explicit	καὶ ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον	1	take away both our place and our nation	Here, **place** could mean: (1) the Jewish temple, as in the UST. (2) the city of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “and will take away both our city, Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	11	48	zy0k	figs-explicit	τὸ ἔθνος	1		Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jewish nation” or “the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	48	zy0k	figs-explicit	τὸ ἔθνος	1		Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jewish nation” or “the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	49	efq8	writing-participants	εἷς…τις ἐξ αὐτῶν, Καϊάφας	1	a certain man among them	This phrase introduces **Caiaphas** as a new character in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Alternate translation: “there was a man among them named Caiaphas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	11	49	lj6b	figs-hyperbole	ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν	1	You know nothing	Here, **Caiaphas** uses an exaggeration in order to insult his hearers. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows contempt. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
-JHN	11	50	fvry	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται	1		Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish **nation** if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Romans would not kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	11	50	fvry	figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται	1		Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish **nation** if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the Romans would not kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	50	zh9n	figs-synecdoche	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται	1	than that the whole nation perishes	Here, **nation** refers to all of the Jewish people. See how you translated this word in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and all the people of our nation would not perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	11	51	qww5	writing-background		0	General Information:	In [verses 51–52](../11/51.md) John interrupts the story to explain that Caiaphas was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	11	51	kw41	figs-explicit	ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from himself** could mean: (1) Caiaphas was speaking something he had thought of himself. Alternate translation: “on his own initiative” (2) Caiaphas was speaking from his own authority, which is how the phrase is used in [5:19](../05/19.md). Alternate translation: “on his own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ JHN	11	54	s9km	figs-metaphor	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν το
 JHN	11	54	cg66		τὴν χώραν	1	the country	Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	54	h5jk	figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν	1	There he stayed with the disciples	Jesus and his disciples **stayed** in Ephraim for a short period of time. If your language requires a length of time for **stayed**, you can use a general expression. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with the disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	11	55	qd5y		ἀνέβησαν…εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	went up to Jerusalem	The phrase **went up** is used here because Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than the surrounding areas. See how you translated **went up** in [7:10](../07/10.md).
-JHN	11	55	zh3j	translate-names	τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα	1		Here, **Passover** is the name of a festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival … before the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
+JHN	11	55	zh3j	translate-names	τὸ Πάσχα…πρὸ τοῦ Πάσχα	1		Here, **Passover** is the name of a festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival … before the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	11	55	rsgm		τῆς χώρας	1		Here, **country** could refer to: (1) an area of land. Alternate translation: “the area” or “the district” (2) the rural area outside cities where fewer people live. Alternate translation: “the countryside” or “the rural area”
 JHN	11	56	a5kt	figs-events		0	General Information:	The event in [verse 57](../11/57.md) occurs before the event in this verse. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of [verse 57](../11/57.md) before the text of this verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
 JHN	11	56	kc75	writing-pronouns	ἐζήτουν…τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	They were looking for Jesus	Here, **they** refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration, as described in the previous verse. If this use of **they** might be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people who came to Jerusalem before the Passover celebration were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@@ -1651,20 +1651,20 @@ JHN	12	6	mgm8	figs-nominaladj	τῶν πτωχῶν	1		See how you translated **
 JHN	12	6	qoun	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “but he said this because he was a thief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	12	6	ol4t	figs-activepassive	τὰ βαλλόμενα	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what people gave him to put in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	7	z6s7	figs-ellipsis	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1		This could mean: (1) Jesus is stating the purpose for which Mary did not sell the perfume. In this case he would be leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. This translation would require supplying those words from Judas’ objection in [verse 5](../12/05.md) and making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (2) Jesus is giving the purpose for his command in the previous clause. In this case he would be implying that there was some leftover perfumed oil which Mary could later put on his dead body. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone so that she might keep it for the day of my burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	12	7	dcn3	figs-explicit	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1	Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial	If Jesus is stating the reason why Mary had the perfume, then Jesus is implying that Mary’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and **burial**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. You may need to add a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it to prepare my body for burial, as she had just done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	7	dcn3	figs-explicit	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1	Allow her to keep what she has for the day of my burial	If Jesus is stating the reason why Mary had the perfume, then Jesus is implying that Mary’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and **burial**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. You may need to add a new sentence. Alternate translation: “Leave her alone. She did not sell this perfumed oil so that she might keep it to prepare my body for burial, as she had just done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	8	wo1a	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately, because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	8	wo1a	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς γὰρ πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν, ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus’ statement in this verse implies that Mary acted properly by pouring the expensive perfume on him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “She acted appropriately, because you always have the poor with you, but you do not always have me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	8	r82p	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you that you can help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	8	r82p	figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς…πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν	1	You will always have the poor with you	Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help **the poor**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you always have the poor with you that you can help” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	8	b6lf	figs-nominaladj	τοὺς πτωχοὺς	1	You will always have the poor with you	See how you translated **the poor** in the [verse 6](../12/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
 JHN	12	8	qctd	figs-you	ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν…οὐ…ἔχετε	1		In this verse every occurrence of **you** is plural and refers to the disciples and those who were with Jesus at the dinner. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
-JHN	12	8	kn28	figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	But you will not always have me	Jesus implies that he will not always be with them, because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	8	kn28	figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	But you will not always have me	Jesus implies that he will not always be with them, because he will die. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “but I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	9	qm36	writing-background	οὖν	1	Now	**Then** is used here to mark a break in the main storyline. This break continues until the end of [verse 11](../12/11.md). In this verse John gives background information about a new group of people that has come to Bethany. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	12	9	i6mn	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	9	ycv6	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to people from Judea. See the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Judeans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	12	9	ilgp	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	12	9	yokk	figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../12/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	10	nt9p		ἐβουλεύσαντο	1		See how you translated **plotted** in [11:53](../11/53.md).
-JHN	12	10	b9ri	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν	1		Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they have already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	10	b9ri	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον ἀποκτείνωσιν	1		Here, **also** implies that **the chief priests** want to kill **Lazarus** in addition to Jesus, whom they have already plotted to kill in [11:53](../11/53.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might put Lazarus to death in addition to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	11	kjk7	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτὸν	1	because of him	This phrase implies that the fact that Lazarus was alive after he had been dead caused many **Jews** to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Lazarus was alive after having died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	11	kjk7	figs-explicit	δι’ αὐτὸν	1	because of him	This phrase implies that the fact that Lazarus was alive after he had been dead caused many **Jews** to believe in Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Lazarus was alive after having died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	11	n6gl		τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	because of him	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 9](../12/09.md).
 JHN	12	11	ex1y	figs-explicit	ὑπῆγον	1	because of him	Here, John uses **went away** figuratively to refer to the fact that **many of the Jews** stopped believing the teachings of the Jewish religious authorities and starting trusting Jesus instead. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “stopped listening to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	12	f1im			0	General Information:	Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king of Israel.
@@ -1677,20 +1677,20 @@ JHN	12	13	hf0a	figs-quotemarks	ὡσαννά! εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρ
 JHN	12	13	lzn9	figs-explicit	ὡσαννά	1	Hosanna	**Hosanna** is the Greek pronunciation of an expression in the Hebrew language that means “Please save!” It is a quotation from part of [Psalm 118:25](../psa/118/25.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Save us now!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	13	w7ty	figs-metonymy	ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	comes in the name of the Lord	Here, **name** refers figuratively to a person’s power and authority. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “with the Lord’s authority” or “as God’s representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	14	dbc5	writing-background		0		In [verses 14–16](../12/14.md) John interrupts the story to give background information about how Jesus fulfilled an Old Testament prophecy about the Messiah riding on a **donkey**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
-JHN	12	14	b9ry	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1		John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	14	b9ry	figs-explicit	εὑρὼν…ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1		John implies that Jesus will ride the **donkey** into Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus, having found a young donkey, sat on it, riding it into the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	14	lqyy	writing-quotations	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	This phrase introduces a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament which occur in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote in the Old Testament” or “as it had been written in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	14	h6xz	figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	as it was written	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	15	ts1f	figs-quotemarks		0		This verse is a combination of parts of various quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	12	15	vra1	figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	daughter of Zion	Here, **daughter of Zion** is used figuratively to refer to the people who lived in Jerusalem. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	15	c36a		πῶλον ὄνου	1		A **colt** is a young male **donkey**.
-JHN	12	16	rq52	figs-explicit	ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα	1	His disciples did not understand these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	16	rq52	figs-explicit	ταῦτα…ταῦτα…ταῦτα	1	His disciples did not understand these things	In this verse, **these things** refers to the words of the Old Testament prophecies that were quoted in the previous verse, which were fulfilled in the events described in [verses 13–14](../12/13.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “His disciples did not understand the meaning of these words from the scriptures” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	16	xdm7	figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, John implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	16	u9hf	figs-explicit	ἐδοξάσθη	1	when Jesus was glorified	Here, **glorified** could refer to: (1) when Jesus became alive again after he was killed. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life” (2) when Jesus returned to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus went back to heaven” (3) both Jesus’ resurrection and return to heaven. Alternate translation: “when Jesus came back to life and went back to heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	16	w0hx	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα ἦν ἐπ’ αὐτῷ γεγραμμένα	1	when Jesus was glorified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the prophets have written these things about him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	12	17	nr1j	grammar-collectivenouns	ὁ ὄχλος	1		See how you translated **crowd** in [5:13](../05/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
-JHN	12	17	wyrv	figs-explicit	ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in Chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	17	wyrv	figs-explicit	ἐμαρτύρει…ὁ ὄχλος ὁ ὢν μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **the crowd** refers to the group of Jews who had seen Jesus raise Lazarus from the dead at Bethany in Chapter 11. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the next verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one crowd testified that they had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	17	cq7a		ἤγειρεν αὐτὸν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1		See how you translated this phrase in [verse 1](../12/01.md).
-JHN	12	18	h0l2	figs-explicit	ὁ ὄχλος	1	they heard that he had done this sign	Here, **the crowd** refers to a group of people who were coming out of Jerusalem to see Jesus as he came. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a second crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	18	h0l2	figs-explicit	ὁ ὄχλος	1	they heard that he had done this sign	Here, **the crowd** refers to a group of people who were coming out of Jerusalem to see Jesus as he came. This is a different **crowd** than the crowd mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a second crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	18	czmv	figs-explicit	τοῦτο…τὸ σημεῖον	2	this sign	This phrase refers to Jesus raising Lazarus from the dead, an event that was mentioned in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “this sign, bringing a dead man back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	18	v2nx		τὸ σημεῖον	1	this sign	See how you translated **sign** in [2:11](../02/11.md). See also the discussion of signs in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. Alternate translation: “significant miracle”
 JHN	12	19	c43j	figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	Look, you can do nothing	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1699,7 +1699,7 @@ JHN	12	19	ev6e	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **world** refers
 JHN	12	19	oraj	figs-explicit	ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1		Here, **gone after** means to follow Jesus and become his disciple. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “has become his disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	k8v2	writing-participants	δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες	1	Now certain Greeks	This phrase marks the introduction of **some Greeks** as new characters in the story. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
 JHN	12	20	ehkd	figs-explicit	Ἕλληνές	1	Now certain Greeks	Here, the term **Greeks** refers to non-Jewish people who lived in the Roman Empire. It does not refer only to people from the country of Greece or to people who speak the Greek language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/greek]]) If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” or “non-Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	12	20	ks5z	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀναβαινόντων	1		The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	20	ks5z	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀναβαινόντων	1		The phrase **going up** is used specifically for the act of going to Jerusalem, which is a city at a higher elevation than the area around it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those going up to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	20	i6nd	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	John is leaving out a word that some languages would need in order a clause to be complete. If you language requires an object for the verb **worship**, you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	12	20	rbrb		τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	to worship at the festival	This refers to the Jewish Passover festival. See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../12/12.md).
 JHN	12	21	ha8d	translate-names	Φιλίππῳ	1	Bethsaida	See how you translated **Philip** in [1:43](../01/43.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1708,9 +1708,9 @@ JHN	12	21	l774	translate-names	τῆς Γαλιλαίας	1		See how you transla
 JHN	12	21	rfff	writing-quotations	ἠρώτων αὐτὸν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “asked him by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	21	c8qt		κύριε	1		Speaking to **Philip**, the Greeks called him **Sir** in order to show respect or politeness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lord]])
 JHN	12	21	xgoj	figs-declarative	θέλομεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἰδεῖν	1		The Greeks are using a statement to make a request. If this is confusing in your language, you can use a more natural form for a request. Alternate translation: “may we see Jesus?” or “could you take us to see Jesus?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
-JHN	12	22	e9vn	figs-explicit	λέγει τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ	1		**Philip** tells **Andrew** about the Greeks’ request to see **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “relates to Andrew what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	22	e9vn	figs-explicit	λέγει τῷ Ἀνδρέᾳ	1		**Philip** tells **Andrew** about the Greeks’ request to see **Jesus**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “relates to Andrew what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	22	vzih	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγει…ἔρχεται…καὶ λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	12	22	b9re	figs-explicit	λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		**Philip** and **Andrew** tell **Jesus** about the Greeks’ request to see him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speak to Jesus about what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	22	b9re	figs-explicit	λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		**Philip** and **Andrew** tell **Jesus** about the Greeks’ request to see him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “speak to Jesus about what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	23	dkmf	writing-quotations	ἀποκρίνεται αὐτοῖς λέγων	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “answered them by saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	23	jl9u	figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	The hour has come for the Son of Man to be glorified	See the discussion of this in the General Notes to Chapter 4 and see how you translated it in [4:21](../04/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	12	23	zj5j	figs-explicit	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1		Here, Jesus refers to his upcoming death, resurrection, and return to heaven as the time when he would be **glorified**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that the Son of Man might be glorified through his death, resurrection, and ascension” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ JHN	12	25	sk6e	figs-idiom	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀ
 JHN	12	25	mp7b	figs-idiom	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	Here, **the one hating his life** refers to someone who values his own physical life less than he values being a disciple of Jesus. The word “hating” here does not refer to having negative feelings about one’s life or despising oneself. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whoever values being my disciple more than he values his own life will keep it for eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	12	25	r4h6	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life	The phrase **eternal life** states the result of what precedes it. The **one hating his life** will **keep** that life, which will result in **eternal life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “resulting in eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
 JHN	12	26	ytxu	figs-idiom	ἐμοὶ ἀκολουθείτω	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	In this context, to **follow** someone means to become that person’s disciple. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1:43](../01/43.md). Alternate translation: “let him follow me as his teacher” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
-JHN	12	26	i8ky	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	Here, Jesus implies that those who **serve** him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	26	i8ky	figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται	1	where I am, there will my servant also be	Here, Jesus implies that those who **serve** him will be with him in heaven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	26	wx3m	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ	1	the Father will honor him	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	27	ytv9	figs-rquestion	τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης?	1	what should I say? ‘Father, save me from this hour’?	Here Jesus uses a rhetorical question to emphasize what he will not do. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and let himself be killed. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will not say, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	12	27	bx1j	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
@@ -1769,13 +1769,13 @@ JHN	12	38	dh6s	figs-metaphor	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	the arm of the Lo
 JHN	12	39	f28y		τοῦτο	1		Here, **this reason** refers to the **reason** for the Jews’ unbelief. That reason is given in the quotation from **Isaiah** provided in the next verse. It does not refer back to the quotation from **Isaiah** in the previous verse.
 JHN	12	39	cskd	writing-quotations	ὅτι πάλιν εἶπεν Ἠσαΐας	1		This phrase introduces a quotation from the Old Testament book written by **Isaiah** the prophet ([Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md)) which occurs in the next verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that John is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “for Isaiah had again said in the Old Testament” or “for according to Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	12	40	q8k8	figs-quotemarks	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς καὶ ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς καὶ νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ, καὶ στραφῶσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1		This verse is a quotation from [Isaiah 6:10](../../isa/06/10.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
-JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	opz8	figs-metaphor	τετύφλωκεν αὐτῶν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1		Here John quotes Isaiah using **blinded their eyes** figuratively to refer to causing people to not be able to understanding what they see. Although the Jews saw Jesus’ many miracles, most of them did not understand that those miracles proved that Jesus was sent by God. If this use of **blinded** and **eyes** would confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “He has caused them to not be able to understand” or “He has made them like those who are blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	wac6	figs-metaphor	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **hardened their heart** figuratively to refer to causing the Jewish people to become stubborn. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	zs9l	grammar-collectivenouns	αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν…τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		Both occurrences of the singular noun **heart** in this verse refer to all of the hearts of the people as a group. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “their hearts … with their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
 JHN	12	40	v6ic	figs-metaphor	μὴ ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **see with their eyes** figuratively here to refer to people understanding something that they **see**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “they might not see and perceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	40	btbb	figs-metaphor	νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1		John quotes Isaiah using the phrase **understand with their heart** figuratively to refer to the Jewish people truly understanding something. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “might fully understand” or “might understand deep within themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **turn** figuratively to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	h99a	figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **turn** figuratively to mean “repent,” which means to stop sinning and start obeying the Lord. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and they would repent” or “and they would stop sinning and obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	12	40	be3d	figs-metaphor	καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς	1	and turn	John quotes Isaiah using **heal** figuratively to refer to forgiving people of their sins. It does not refer to physical healing. If this might confuse your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “and I would forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	12	41	q2x6	figs-abstractnouns	τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1		If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	12	42	srml	figs-explicit	τῶν ἀρχόντων	1		Here, **rulers** refers to the Jewish religious leadership, specifically the Jewish council called the Sanhedrin, which made decisions about Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/council]]) See how you translated this in [3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “members of the Jewish ruling council” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	42	hdh1	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	so that they would not be banned from the synagogue	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that the Pharisees would not ban them from the synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -1785,7 +1785,7 @@ JHN	12	43	cqqw	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	Th
 JHN	12	43	pib1	figs-gendernotations	τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	Although the term **men** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both **men** and women. Alternate translation: “the glory of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
 JHN	12	43	oyf8	figs-possession	τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They loved the praise that comes from people more than the praise that comes from God	John is using **of** to describe **glory** that is given by **God**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the glory that is given by God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	12	44	t7cq	writing-newevent	δὲ	1		**Now** here introduces a new event that happened at some time after the events in [verses 20–36](../12/20.md). The story does not say how long after the previous events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At another time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
-JHN	12	44	d27w	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν	1	Jesus cried out and said	John uses **cried out** to imply that Jesus was speaking loudly to a crowd of people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried out and said to a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	44	d27w	figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς…ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν	1	Jesus cried out and said	John uses **cried out** to imply that Jesus was speaking loudly to a crowd of people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus cried out and said to a crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	44	kcnd	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in [4:34](../04/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	45	s6xx	figs-explicit	τὸν πέμψαντά με	1		Here, **the one who sent me** refers to God. See how you translated it in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	46	wib3	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐλήλυθα	1	I have come as a light	Here Jesus uses **light** figuratively to refer to himself. See how you translated light in [8:12](../08/12). Alternate translation: “I have come as the one who reveals God’s truth and goodness to the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1802,13 +1802,13 @@ JHN	12	48	b1ds	figs-explicit	ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	on the la
 JHN	12	49	ovmm	figs-explicit	ἐξ ἐμαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** is used to indicate the source of what Jesus spoke. See how you translated this phrase in [7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “by my own authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	49	ybm5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ…Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	12	49	l77y	figs-doublet	τί εἴπω, καὶ τί λαλήσω	1		Here, **what I should speak** could refer to: (1) the manner in which Jesus **should speak**. Alternate translation: “what I should say and the manner in which I should say it” (2) the same meaning as **what I should say**, in which case the two phrases would be a doublet used for emphasis and could be combined into one clause. Alternate translation: “exactly what I should say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
-JHN	12	50	tar2	figs-explicit	οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ	1	I know that his command is eternal life	Here, **his command** refers to the teachings that God commanded Jesus to speak, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that what he commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	12	50	tar2	figs-explicit	οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ	1	I know that his command is eternal life	Here, **his command** refers to the teachings that God commanded Jesus to speak, as mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know that what he commanded me to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	12	50	q9cr	figs-explicit	ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	I know that his command is eternal life	This phrase means that what God commanded Jesus to say gives **eternal life** to those who believe it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “his command gives eternal life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	intro	zk68			0		# John 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. The Passover meal begins: Jesus washes his disciples’ feet (13:1–20)<br>2. Jesus predicts that Judas will betray him (13:21–30)<br>3. Jesus commands his disciples to love each other (13:31–35)<br>4. Jesus predicts that Peter will deny him (13:36–38)<br><br>The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the “Last Supper.” In many ways this Passover meal parallels the sacrifice of Jesus as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lordssupper]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The washing of feet<br><br>People in the Ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet, because they considered him to be their master and themselves to be his servants, and it was a servant’s job to wash the feet of master and guests. However, Jesus wanted to show them that his disciples need to humbly serve and love each other. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])<br><br>### I AM<br><br>John records Jesus saying these words as an independent phrase one time in this chapter ([13:19](../13/19.md)). They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew expression “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). For these reasons many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]).<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”<br><br>The Apostle John first referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in this chapter ([13:23](../13/23.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to add a first person pronoun to these references and the other references to John in ([13:23–25](../13/23.md)). If your language can retain the third person references, then you may still want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### “Son of Man”<br><br>Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter ([13:31](../13/31.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. See the discussion of this concept in Part 3 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
 JHN	13	1	wk2k	writing-background		0	General Information:	It is not yet **Passover**, and **Jesus** is with his disciples for the evening meal. [Verses 1–4](../13/01.md) explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	1	z4q9	figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ἡ ὥρα	1		Here, the word **hour** is used figuratively to refer to the time God had planned for Jesus to be arrested and killed. See how you translated this word in [7:30](../07/30.md). Alternate translation: “the right time to arrest him had come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	13	1	w7w3	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	13	1	a1w4	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	1	a1w4	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἰδίους τοὺς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1		This phrase refers to Jesus’ disciples. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “his own disciples who were with him in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	1	g86x	figs-idiom	εἰς τέλος ἠγάπησεν αὐτούς	1		Here, **to the end** could mean: (1) utterly or completely. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the uttermost.” (2) **to the end** of Jesus’ life. If you use this meaning, make sure that you do not translate this phrase in a way that could imply that Jesus did not continue to love them after his death. Alternate translation: “he loved them to the end of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	2	xn6r	figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1	the devil had already put it into the heart of Judas Iscariot son of Simon, to betray Jesus	Here, **put into the heart** is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	13	2	iq56	translate-names	Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ JHN	13	3	x8hc	figs-metonymy	εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	had given everything
 JHN	13	4	t7cu	figs-pastforfuture	ἐγείρεται…τίθησιν	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	4	nm8h	figs-explicit	ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	During Jesus’ time, people would often eat meals while lying on their sides on low couches next to the table. Here, **gets up** means that Jesus went from lying on his side on a couch next to the table where he was eating **supper** to standing up. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “he gets up from the table where he was eating supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	4	a9yt		τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια	1	He got up from dinner and took off his outer clothing	Here, **outer clothing** refers to clothing that is worn over undergarments. It does not refer to a coat that would be worn over a person’s regular clothing. Use the term in your language for the regular clothing that people wear on top of their underwear.
-JHN	13	4	gfe4	figs-explicit	λαβὼν λέντιον	1		Here, **towel** refers to piece of cloth that is long enough to wrap around Jesus’ waist and still has enough leftover cloth to wipe the disciples’ feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken a long towel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	4	gfe4	figs-explicit	λαβὼν λέντιον	1		Here, **towel** refers to piece of cloth that is long enough to wrap around Jesus’ waist and still has enough leftover cloth to wipe the disciples’ feet. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having taken a long towel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	5	qfqd	figs-pastforfuture	βάλλει	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	5	adm9	figs-activepassive	ᾧ ἦν διεζωσμένος	1	began to wash the feet of the disciples	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that he had tied around himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	6	hevx	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται…λέγει	1	Lord, are you going to wash my feet?	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -1830,9 +1830,9 @@ JHN	13	8	m90p	figs-explicit	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μ
 JHN	13	9	bjgq	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	9	irnh	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοὺς πόδας μου μόνον,	1		Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “wash not only my feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	10	dp8l	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to wearing sandals while walking on dusty, dirty roads. If this might confuse your readers, you could say their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	10	is57	figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **washed** figuratively to refer to God forgiving a person for their sins. He also uses **feet** figuratively to refer to daily sins, because people in Jesus’ culture had to wash their **feet** frequently due to wearing sandals while walking on dusty, dirty roads. If this might confuse your readers, you could state their meanings clearly or use similes. Alternate translation: “The one who has received God’s forgiveness for their sins, only needs to be forgiven for his daily sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	10	bbon	figs-activepassive	ὁ λελουμένος	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who someone had washed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	13	10	o25q	figs-metaphor	ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** figuratively to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this might be confusing in your language, you could say its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	13	10	o25q	figs-metaphor	ἀλλ’ ἔστιν καθαρὸς ὅλος; καὶ ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε	1	He who is bathed has no need, except to wash his feet	In this verse, Jesus uses **clean** figuratively to refer to someone who has been forgiven for their sins. If this might be confusing in your language, you could state its meaning clearly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “but he has been completely forgiven for his sins, and you have been forgiven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	13	10	tv57	figs-yousingular	ὑμεῖς	1		Here Jesus uses the word **you** to refer to all of his disciples, not only Peter. Use a plural form of **you** if your language distinguishes between singular and plural **you**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
 JHN	13	11	tzj7	writing-background		0		Here John interrupts the story to give the reason why Jesus made his comment in the end of the previous verse. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	13	11	ccz4	figs-metaphor	οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε	1	Not all of you are clean	See how you translated **clean** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1848,7 +1848,7 @@ JHN	13	16	la0x	figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ ἀπόστολος μείζων τοῦ
 JHN	13	17	nwhg	grammar-connect-condition-fact	εἰ ταῦτα οἴδατε	1		Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Jesus is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “If you know these things, which you do,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
 JHN	13	17	nxou	figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	you are blessed	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	ji7u	figs-explicit	οὐ περὶ πάντων ὑμῶν λέγω	1		Here Jesus is referring back to what he just said in the previous verse. He means that not all of those to whom he is speaking will be blessed for serving each other, because one of them, Judas Iscariot, will betray him. If this clause would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am not speaking this about all of you” or “I am not saying that God will bless all of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	18	ztpw	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην	1		Here Jesus states that he knew the character of every person he chose to be his disciple. Therefore, he knew Judas would betray him when he chose him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know exactly the kind of men I have chosen to be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	18	ztpw	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ οἶδα τίνας ἐξελεξάμην	1		Here Jesus states that he knew the character of every person he chose to be his disciple. Therefore, he knew Judas would betray him when he chose him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I know exactly the kind of men I have chosen to be my disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	18	lpug	figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but I chose one who will betray me so that the scripture might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	13	18	u5fl	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	this so that the scripture will be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	13	18	dk5l	writing-quotations	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1		Here Jesus uses **that the scripture might be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 41:9](../../psa/41/09.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “so that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
@@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@ JHN	13	23	z8ze	translate-unknown	ἀνακείμενος	1	lying down at the tab
 JHN	13	23	p2ee	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Jesus’ side	In Jesus’ culture, lying with one’s head **against** the side of another person when having a meal was considered to be a sign that the two people had a very close friendship. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “closely beside Jesus as a close friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	24	eido	figs-explicit	τούτῳ	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **this one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the disciple whom Jesus loved” or “to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	25	iqcj	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος…λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here, **that one** refers to John, who calls himself the disciple “whom Jesus loved” in [verse 23](../13/23.md). If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “that disciple whom Jesus loved says” or “I say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	13	25	kqza	figs-explicit	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	[Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next, because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	13	25	kqza	figs-explicit	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	[Verse 28](../13/28.md) indicates that the disciples did not know why Jesus spoke to Judas in the way he did. This means that they must not have heard the conversation in this verse and the next, because John and Jesus were speaking quietly. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “said in a quite voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	13	25	b22k	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1	Jesus’ side	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	13	26	qpj8	translate-names	Ἰούδᾳ Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτη	1		See how you translated this phrase in [6:71](../06/71.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	13	27	r8lk	figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	Then after the bread	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “And after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -1956,14 +1956,14 @@ JHN	14	16	tu1e	figs-explicit	Παράκλητον	1	Comforter	**Helper** here re
 JHN	14	17	sc6r	figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	The **Spirit of Truth** refers to the Holy Spirit. See the discussion of this term in the General Notes for this chapter. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Holy Spirit of Truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	17	ms9g	figs-possession	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	Spirit of truth	Jesus is using **of** to describe the **Spirit** who teaches people the **Truth** about God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Spirit that teaches God’s truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	14	17	i2v7	figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	The world cannot receive him	Here Jesus uses **world** figuratively to refer to the people in the **world** who oppose God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “whom the people in this world who oppose God are not able to receive” or “whom those who oppose God are not able to receive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	14	17	clz3	figs-explicit	ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	The world cannot receive him	Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	17	clz3	figs-explicit	ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσται	1	The world cannot receive him	Jesus uses the future tense **will** to indicate that the Holy **Spirit** would be inside Jesus’ disciples at a future point in time. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be in you at a future time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	18	hy8v	figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	leave you alone	Jesus uses **orphans** figuratively to refer to people who have no one to care for them. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will not leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	14	18	k5bs	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχομαι	1		Here Jesus uses the present tense **I am coming** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	19	r5q8	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 17](../14/17.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	19	yjsl	figs-explicit	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ, καὶ ὑμεῖς ζήσεσθε	1	the world	In this verse, Jesus uses **live** to refer to living forever after one’s resurrection. Because Jesus will live forever after his death and resurrection, so too will his disciples life forever after they die and are resurrected. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Because I live forever, you will also life forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	19	cil5	figs-pastforfuture	ὅτι ἐγὼ ζῶ	1	the world	Here Jesus uses the present tense **I live** to refer to when he comes back to life after his death. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “Because I will live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	14	20	ckki	figs-explicit	ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	you will know that I am in my Father	**On that day** here refers to the time that Jesus’ disciples would see him again after his resurrection. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “When you see me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	20	b87j	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you will know that I am in my Father	In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	14	20	b87j	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου, καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you will know that I am in my Father	In this verse Jesus uses **in** to indicate being united with someone. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I am united with my Father, and you are united with me, and I am united with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	20	he2a	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί μου	1	my Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	20	ht8z	figs-doublet	ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	you are in me, and that I am in you	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize the unity between Jesus and his disciples. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “you and I are just like one person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	14	21	rw8n	figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὰς ἐντολάς μου	1		Jesus speaks figuratively of **commandments** as if they were an object that someone could possess. If your readers would not speak of knowing **commandments** in this way, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation, “The one knowing my commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@ JHN	14	23	h9tl	figs-explicit	καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησ
 JHN	14	24	dj2n	figs-metonymy	τοὺς λόγους μου…τηρεῖ	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [8:51](../08/51.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	24	c3ju	figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος	1	The word	Here, **word** refers to what Jesus has just said in the preceding verses. If this would confuse your readers, you could express that meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “these things I have just said” or “this statement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	14	24	d7ay	figs-explicit	οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς	1	that you hear	Here, **mine** refers to the source of what Jesus has said. What Jesus has said did not come from himself, but from God. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “does not come from me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	14	24	ke2f	figs-possession	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe the source of **the word**. If this is not clear in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has come from the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
+JHN	14	24	ke2f	figs-possession	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Jesus is using **of** to describe the source of **the word**. If this is not clear in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “has come from the Father who sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	14	24	az71	figs-explicit	τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1		Here this phrase refers to God. See how you translated it in [5:23](../05/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	14	24	jhdc	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ…Πατρός	1		**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	14	26	lbgf	figs-infostructure	ὁ δὲ Παράκλητος, τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, ὃ πέμψει ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐκεῖνος ὑμᾶς διδάξει πάντα, καὶ ὑπομνήσει ὑμᾶς πάντα ἃ εἶπον ὑμῖν.	1	Father	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of the phrases in this verse. Alternate translation: “Now the Helper will teach you everything, and he will remind you of everything that I said to you. He is the Holy Spirit, whom the Father will send in my name.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
@@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ JHN	16	8	gihm	figs-explicit	περὶ δικαιοσύνης	1	world	Here, **rig
 JHN	16	9	v4hk		περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ	1	about sin, because they do not believe in me	Alternate translation: “about their sinfulness, because they are guilty of sin by not believing in me”
 JHN	16	10	t4qe	figs-explicit	περὶ δικαιοσύνης	1	about righteousness, because I am going to the Father, and you will no longer see me	See how you translated the phrase **about righteousness** in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	10	r121	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	16	10	fmk5	figs-explicit	οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με	1	Father	Jesus uses this phrase to imply that anyone who could **see** him saw true righteousness. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will no longer see my righteous example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	16	10	fmk5	figs-explicit	οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με	1	Father	Jesus uses this phrase to imply that anyone who could **see** him saw true righteousness. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you will no longer see my righteous example” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	11	l71y	figs-explicit	περὶ…κρίσεως	1		See how you translated the phrase **about judgment** in [verse 8](../16/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	11	x2z1	figs-explicit	ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	the ruler of this world	Here, **the ruler of this world** refers to Satan. See how you translated this in [12:31](../12/31.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	16	11	dp4r	figs-activepassive	ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that God did it. Alternate translation: “God has judged the ruler of this world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2236,8 +2236,8 @@ JHN	17	21	yt2w	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	Father	**Father** is a
 JHN	17	21	v6i7		ἵνα ὁ κόσμος πιστεύῃ ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1		Here, **so that** could indicate: (1) that what follows is the purpose for believers to be united to Jesus and God the Father, as in the UST. (2) that what follows is the result of believers being united to Jesus and God the Father. Alternate translation (with a comma preceding): “with the result that the world would believe that you have sent me”
 JHN	17	21	nef9	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the world	Here, **the world** is used figuratively to refer to all the people in **the world**. See how you translated **the world** in [1:29](../01/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	22	p4mj	figs-infostructure	κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς	1	The glory that you gave me, I have given to them	If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “I have also given to them the glory that you gave to me” or “I have honored them just as you have honored me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN	17	23	yznz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	17	23	yznz	figs-explicit	ἐγὼ ἐν αὐτοῖς	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	This verse explains the statement “they would be one, just as we are one,” which is in the previous verse. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I mean that I am in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	17	23	fld5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
+JHN	17	23	fld5	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** indicates that this is the second purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him, which he stated in the previous verse. If this use of **so that** might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly by repeating the idea from the previous verse and starting a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have given them your glory so that they may be completely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	spot	grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1	that they may be brought to complete unity	Here, **so that** could refer to: (1) the purpose for those who believe in Jesus being **complete as one**. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of the world knowing that you send me” (2) a third purpose for Jesus giving the glory he received from God to those who believe in him. This interpretation would require making a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I have also given them your glory so that the world may know that you sent me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
 JHN	17	23	s7ph	figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	that the world will know	See how you translated **the world** in [verse 21](../17/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	17	23	mm2f	figs-explicit	ἠγάπησας αὐτοὺς	1		Here, **them** refers to those who believe in Jesus, just like **them** does at the beginning of the verse. These believers are also the main subject of Jesus’ prayer in [verses 20–26](../17/20.md). If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “you loved those who believe in me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ JHN	18	1	sq3t	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 1–2](../18/01
 JHN	18	1	cxz8	writing-newevent	ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς	1	After Jesus spoke these words	John uses this phrase to mark the beginning of a new event that happened soon after the events that the story has just told. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after Jesus spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
 JHN	18	1	pxtm	figs-possession	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	John is using **of** to describe a **brook** that is called **Kidron**. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” or “the brook that people called ‘Kidron’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	18	1	z9bw	translate-names	τοῦ χειμάρρου τοῦ Κεδρὼν	1	Kidron Valley	**Kidron** is a valley in Jerusalem that is between the Temple Mount and the Mount of Olives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	18	1	w3zx	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν κῆπος	1	where there was a garden	The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	1	w3zx	figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν κῆπος	1	where there was a garden	The word translated **garden** can refer to a place with flowers, vegetables, or trees. [Matthew 26:36](../../mat/26/36.md) and [Mark 14:32](../../mrk/14/32.md) indicate that the **garden** that Jesus and his disciples went to was a grove of olive trees. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	3	j08o		ὑπηρέτας	1		See how you translated this word in [7:32](../07/32.md).
 JHN	18	3	h1u5	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	18	4	sh2u	grammar-connect-logic-result	εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν	1	Then Jesus, who knew all the things that were happening to him	Here, **knowing** introduces a clause that indicates the reason why Jesus went out to meet the soldiers and guards. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “since he knew all things happening to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
@@ -2265,7 +2265,7 @@ JHN	18	5	qxyj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense
 JHN	18	5	fd9y	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	This could mean: (1) Jesus is just answering their question. In this case he is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. Alternate translation: “I am he” or “I am whom you are looking for” (2) Jesus is not only answering their question but also identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM” in [Exodus 3:14](../../exo/03/14.md). Alternate translation: “I am God” or “I am the I AM” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	5	g4hx	writing-background	ἵστήκει δὲ καὶ Ἰούδας, ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν, μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	who betrayed him	In this sentence John provides background information about Judas’ location when he was **betraying** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Judas was also there with them to betray Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	6	b8tl	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	I am	See how you translated **I am** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	18	6	w38n	figs-explicit	ἔπεσαν χαμαί	1	fell to the ground	Here John implies that the men fell to the ground involuntarily because of Jesus’ power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	6	w38n	figs-explicit	ἔπεσαν χαμαί	1	fell to the ground	Here John implies that the men fell to the ground involuntarily because of Jesus’ power. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	7	uf85	translate-names	Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	Jesus of Nazareth	See how you translated **Jesus the Nazarene** in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	8	xdp8	figs-ellipsis	ἐγώ εἰμι	1		See how you translated **I am** in [verse 5](../18/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	9	l8as	writing-background		0		In this verse John provides some background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -2278,7 +2278,7 @@ JHN	18	11	ghz6	figs-rquestion	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι
 JHN	18	11	m4f3	figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό	1	the cup	Here Jesus uses **cup** figuratively to refer to the sufferings he will soon experience as if they were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that God would give him to **drink**. If this use of **cup** and **drink** would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “My suffering which the Father wants me to endure, should I certainly not endure it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	18	11	cjx7	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	18	12	cl3f	figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	18	12	i6bz	figs-explicit	ἔδησαν αὐτὸν	1	seized Jesus and tied him up	The soldiers **tied** Jesus’ hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	12	i6bz	figs-explicit	ἔδησαν αὐτὸν	1	seized Jesus and tied him up	The soldiers **tied** Jesus’ hands together in order to prevent him from escaping. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “tied his hands to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	13	tiki	translate-names	Ἅνναν…τοῦ Καϊάφα	1		**Annas** and **Caiaphas** are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	18	13	je4z	figs-explicit	πρὸς Ἅνναν πρῶτον, ἦν γὰρ πενθερὸς τοῦ Καϊάφα, ὃς ἦν ἀρχιερεὺς τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ἐκείνου	1		Usually there would only have been one high priest, but at this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea, and it caused a controversy. One Roman official had appointed **Annas**, but ten years later another official deposed him and caused **Caiaphas** to be **high priest** instead. However, the Jews still considered Annas to be **high priest**. It would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible for your readers. Alternate translation: “first to the high priest Annas, for he was the father-in-law of Caiaphas, who was the other high priest that year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	14	kzvh	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Caiaphas. This information helps the reader understand why they took Jesus to Caiaphas. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@@ -2295,8 +2295,8 @@ JHN	18	17	xw8d	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the
 JHN	18	17	r82l	figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου?	1	Are you not also one of the disciples of this man?	The **female servant** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that she believes **Peter** is one of Jesus’ **disciples**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are certainly also from the disciples of this man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	18	hbw6	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	18	g8xj	figs-infostructure	ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο	1	Now	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “Now because it was cold, the servants and the officers had made a charcoal fire and were standing there, warming themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
-JHN	18	18	bbe9	figs-explicit	οἱ δοῦλοι	1	Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves	Here, **the servants** refers to the personal **servants** of the high priest. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the servants of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	18	bbe9	figs-explicit	οἱ δοῦλοι	1	Now the servants and the officers were standing there, and they had made a charcoal fire, for it was cold, and they were warming themselves	Here, **the servants** refers to the personal **servants** of the high priest. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the servants of the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	19	e8h3	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς	1	The high priest	According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [verse 24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could say who the person is explicitly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	19	e8h3	figs-explicit	ὁ…ἀρχιερεὺς	1	The high priest	According to [18:13](../18/13.md) the **high priest** here is Annas. He would later send Jesus to Caiaphas in [verse 24](../18/24.md). If this use of **high priest** might confuse your readers, you could state who the person is explicitly. Alternate translation: “Annas, the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	20	h2kj	figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	I have spoken openly to the world	Here Jesus uses **the world** figuratively to refer to all of the people in the world. If this use of **world** would be confusing in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	20	ltlp	figs-hyperbole	ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ	1		Here, **to the world** is an exaggeration that Jesus uses to emphasize that he spoke publicly. If this would confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows emphasis. Alternate translation: “I have spoken openly to the people” or “I have spoken openly for everyone to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
 JHN	18	20	s4k6	figs-genericnoun	ἐν συναγωγῇ	1		Jesus is speaking of synagogues in general, not of one particular **synagogue**. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “in synagogues” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
@@ -2317,9 +2317,9 @@ JHN	18	26	pj7v	figs-explicit	τῷ κήπῳ	1		See how you translated **garden*
 JHN	18	27	msy6	figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος	1	Peter then denied again	Here **it** refers to **Peter** knowing and being with Jesus. If this use of **it** might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or had been with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	27	jww8	translate-unknown	ἀλέκτωρ	1	immediately the rooster crowed	See how you translated **rooster** in [13:38](../13/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	18	28	a6e7			0	General Information:	Here John changes topics from describing what Peter was doing to describing what was happening to Jesus. In the next section, Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas to be questioned by him.
-JHN	18	28	r4fk	writing-pronouns	ἄγουσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They the Jewish authorities and their guards led” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	18	28	r4fk	writing-pronouns	ἄγουσιν	1		Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They the Jewish authorities and their guards led” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	18	28	ija7	figs-explicit	ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα	1	Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas	Here John implies that they are leading Jesus away from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	28	ija7	figs-explicit	ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα	1	Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas	Here John implies that they are leading Jesus away from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	28	fyx3	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον	1		The **governor’s palace** refers to the headquarters of the Roman governor. The next verse indicates that the Roman governor’s name was Pilate. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of the Roman governor, Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	28	fyx3	figs-explicit	εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον	1		The **governor’s palace** refers to the headquarters of the Roman governor. The next verse indicates that the Roman governor’s name was Pilate. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of the Roman governor, Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	28	v6e4	writing-background	ἦν δὲ πρωΐ. καὶ αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		In this sentence John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about why the Jewish people with Jesus did not enter the **governor’s palace**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	28	h3vx	figs-doublenegatives	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1	they did not enter the government headquarters so that they would not be defiled	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “they remained outside the governor’s palace so that they would remain ceremonially clean, and might eat the Passover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	18	28	f47s	figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν, ἀλλὰ φάγωσιν τὸ Πάσχα	1		Pilate, the Roman governor, was not a Jew. The Jewish leaders believed that they would become ceremonially unclean if they entered the house of someone who was not a Jew. If they became ceremonially unclean, then they would not be allowed to celebrate the Passover festival. Therefore, the Jewish leaders did not enter the governor’s palace. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain this in the simplest way possible. Alternate translation: “they themselves did not enter into the governor’s palace because the governor was a Gentile. They believed that entering a Gentile’s home would defile them, so that they would not be allowed to eat the Passover.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2330,12 +2330,12 @@ JHN	18	30	j9w3	figs-explicit	οὗτος	1		Here the Jewish leaders say **this o
 JHN	18	30	pup9	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	The Jewish leaders are making a conditional statement that sounds hypothetical, but they are already convinced that the condition is not true. They have concluded that Jesus is an evildoer. Use a natural form in your language for introducing a condition that the speaker believes is not true. Alternate translation: “If this one were not an evildoer, but he is, we would not have handed him over to you, but we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
 JHN	18	30	gj5s	figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	If this man was not an evildoer, we would not have given him over to you	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “This man is an evildoer, so we have brought him to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
 JHN	18	31	ln9s	figs-synecdoche	εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The Jews said to him	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	31	ph54	figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	It is not lawful for us to put any man to death	According to Roman law, the Jews could not **put anyone to death**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, it is not lawful for us to put anyone to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	32	s3l4	writing-background		0	General Information:	In this verse John interrupts the main storyline in order to provide some background information about Jesus predicting how he would die. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	18	32	ta7m	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ	1	so that the word of Jesus would be fulfilled	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the word of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	32	tu3c	figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	to indicate by what kind of death he would die	Here, **kind of death** refers to the manner in which Jesus would die. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to indicate in what manner he was about to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	33	tr28	figs-explicit	ἐφώνησεν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1		Here, **summoned** implies that **Pilate** ordered some of his soldiers to bring Jesus to him inside his headquarters. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus inside to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	34	liov	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** indicates the origin of Pilate’s question. Jesus is asking Pilate if the question Pilate asked in the previous verse was his own idea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on your own idea” or “on your own initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	34	liov	figs-explicit	ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ	1		Here, **from** indicates the origin of Pilate’s question. Jesus is asking Pilate if the question Pilate asked in the previous verse was his own idea. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “based on your own idea” or “on your own initiative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	35	kfq5	figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι?	1	I am not a Jew, am I?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize that he was not interested in Jewish religious disagreements. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	18	35	en38	figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν	1	Your own people	Here, **nation** refers to the people who were part of the Jewish **nation**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	18	36	wsd9	figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	-1	My kingdom is not of this world	See how you translated **from this world** in [8:23](../08/23.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2344,8 +2344,8 @@ JHN	18	36	bf3i	grammar-connect-condition-contrary	εἰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμο
 JHN	18	36	s2lq	figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	so that I would not be given over to the Jews	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that someone would not have handed me over to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	18	36	pu8j	figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	37	pfgj	figs-extrainfo	σὺ λέγεις ὅτι βασιλεύς εἰμι	1	I have come into the world	Here Jesus is probably answering Pilate’s question in the affirmative. However, since he doesn’t clearly say, ‘Yes, I am a king,’ you do not need to explain the meaning further here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]])
-JHN	18	37	wt50	figs-parallelism	ἐγὼ εἰς τοῦτο γεγέννημαι, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus came to the earth to tell people the truth about God. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For this reason I came here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
+JHN	18	37	wt50	figs-parallelism	ἐγὼ εἰς τοῦτο γεγέννημαι, καὶ εἰς τοῦτο ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	These two phrases mean the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus came to the earth to tell people the truth about God. If stating the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For this reason I came here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
-JHN	18	37	ug7i	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	Here, **world** refers to the universe that God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	37	ug7i	figs-explicit	τὸν κόσμον	1	I have come into the world	Here, **world** refers to the universe that God created. It does not refer only to the people in the world or only to the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the universe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	37	gl3k	figs-abstractnouns	τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	bear witness to the truth	Here, **truth** refers to what Jesus reveals about God, which would include his plan for forgiving sinful people through Jesus’ death on the cross. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “to the true things about God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	37	ltn9	figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	who belongs to the truth	This phrase is an idiom that refers to someone who believes the **truth** about God. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who believes the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	18	37	b8gv	figs-metaphor	ἀκούει	1	who belongs to the truth	Here, **hears** means to listen to something with the intent to heed it and respond appropriately. See how you translated this word in [8:43](../08/43.md). Alternate translation: “heeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@@ -2355,8 +2355,8 @@ JHN	18	38	zbm5	figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια?	1	What is truth?
 JHN	18	38	lcrg	figs-abstractnouns	ἀλήθεια	1	What is truth?	Here, **truth** refers to any true information. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **truth**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	18	38	rma7	figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	18	38	h1b8	figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ οὐδεμίαν αἰτίαν εὑρίσκω ἐν αὐτῷ	1		**Pilate** speaks figuratively of **guilt** as if it were an object that can be inside a person. If your readers would not understand this, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I find no evidence that he is guilty of any crime” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	18	39	nhqn	figs-explicit	ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν	1		Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	39	nhqn	figs-explicit	ἕνα ἀπολύσω ὑμῖν	1		Pilate implies that he would **release** a prisoner when the Jewish leaders asked him to do so. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would release one prisoner to you at your request” or “I would release one prisoner to you when you asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	18	39	fm16	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ Πάσχα	1		Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	18	39	fm16	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ Πάσχα	1		Here, **the Passover** refers to the entire **Passover** festival. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	18	40	xdxz	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν…πάλιν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “they cried out again and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	18	40	a7pl	figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	The Jewish leaders are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “Do not release this one, but release Barabbas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	18	40	qy3p	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1	Not this man, but Barabbas	Here the Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus without saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2373,7 +2373,7 @@ JHN	19	3	u4vw	figs-irony	καὶ ἔλεγον, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺ
 JHN	19	4	hn1f	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	4	zd8v	writing-pronouns	αὐτοῖς	1		The pronoun **them** refers to the Jewish leaders who had brought Jesus to Pilate. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the Jewish authorities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	19	4	c6v2	figs-metaphor	αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω	1	I find no guilt in him	See how you translated a similar clause in [18:38](../18/38.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	19	5	wyql	figs-go	ἐξῆλθεν	1		Your language may say “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+JHN	19	5	wyql	figs-go	ἐξῆλθεν	1		Your language may state “came” rather than **went** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	19	5	t9wn	figs-explicit	τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον	1	crown of thorns … purple garment	See how you translated **crown**, **thorns**, and **purple garment** in [verse 2](../19/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	5	i2ay	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	6	pgs5	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2384,24 +2384,24 @@ JHN	19	7	vr7p	figs-idiom	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν	1
 JHN	19	7	xt93	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	19	8	lw3u	figs-metonymy	τοῦτον τὸν λόγον	1		Here, **word** refers to what the Jewish leaders said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what they said about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	19	8	nx2u	figs-ellipsis	μᾶλλον ἐφοβήθη	1		John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he grew even more afraid of condemning Jesus” or “he grew even more afraid than before of what might happen to him if he condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	19	9	seyo	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		John implies that the soldiers brought Jesus back into the governor’s palace so Pilate could speak with him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entered into the governor’s palace again and told the soldiers to bring Jesus back inside. Then he says to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	9	seyo	figs-explicit	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον πάλιν, καὶ λέγει τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1		John implies that the soldiers brought Jesus back into the governor’s palace so Pilate could speak with him. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he entered into the governor’s palace again and told the soldiers to bring Jesus back inside. Then he says to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	9	lb11	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	10	wcm8	figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς?	1	Are you not speaking to me?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize his surprise that Jesus does not answer his question. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	19	10	iap3	figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε?	1	Do you not know that I have power to release you, and power to crucify you?	**Pilate** is using a rhetorical question here to emphasize what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
 JHN	19	11	x2as	figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1	You do not have any power over me except for what has been given to you from above	If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “You only have authority over me because that authority has been given to you from above” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN	19	11	fxu9	figs-metaphor	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
+JHN	19	11	fxu9	figs-metaphor	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		Here, **above** is used figuratively to refer to God who dwells in heaven **above**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “from heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	19	11	i7nu	figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1		If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “except for what God has given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	11	vc79	figs-ellipsis	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “has a greater sin than your sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	11	kbrx	figs-metaphor	μείζονα ἁμαρτίαν ἔχει	1	gave me over	Jesus speaks figuratively of **sin** as if it were an object that a person could possess in varying amounts. If this use of **sin** might be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “are more sinful” or “has committed worse sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
-JHN	19	12	a39p	figs-explicit	ἐκ τούτου	1	At this answer	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	12	a39p	figs-explicit	ἐκ τούτου	1	At this answer	Here, **this** refers to Jesus’ answer. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	12	q1vq	figs-synecdoche	οἱ…Ἰουδαῖοι	1		Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	19	12	r8va	figs-explicit	τοῦτον	1		The Jewish leaders say **this one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “this so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	12	p6j4	writing-quotations	ἐκραύγασαν λέγοντες	1		Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “cried out and said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
 JHN	19	12	g9xj		οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος	1	you are not a friend of Caesar	Alternate translation: “you do not support Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
 JHN	19	12	bhl3	figs-idiom	βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	makes himself a king	See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 7](../19/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	19	13	o54h	figs-metonymy	τῶν λόγων τούτων	1	he brought Jesus out	Here, **these words** refers to what the Jewish leaders had said in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this plainly. Alternate translation: “what the Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
-JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	13	xr6b	figs-explicit	ὁ…Πειλᾶτος…ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	he brought Jesus out	John implies that **Pilate**ordered his soldiers to bring Jesus out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “commanded the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	13	il9r	figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	he brought Jesus out	Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	13	il9r	figs-explicit	ἐκάθισεν	1	he brought Jesus out	Since a person would sit down to teach or make official statements, the phrase **sat down** here implies that Pilate was going to speak to the people about what he had decided to do with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he sat down to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	13	qhu4	figs-abstractnouns	ἐπὶ βήματος	1	in the judgment seat	The **judgment seat** was a special chair in which a leader sat when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
 JHN	19	13	g8h4	figs-activepassive	εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called ‘The Pavement’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	13	v2ss	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	in a place called “The Pavement,” but	See how you translated this phrase in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2425,16 +2425,16 @@ JHN	19	19	cx5s	figs-explicit	ἔγραψεν…καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλ
 JHN	19	19	ziak	figs-explicit	ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Pilate also wrote a sign and put it on the cross	Here, **the cross** refers specifically to **the cross** on which Jesus was crucified. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the cross they used to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	19	gk8e	figs-activepassive	ἦν…γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων.	1	There it was written: JESUS OF NAZARETH, THE KING OF THE JEWS	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that person wrote on it these words: Jesus the Nazarene, the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	20	ke3t	figs-activepassive	ὁ τόπος…ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	the place where Jesus was crucified	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the place where they crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-JHN	19	20	k3mp	figs-explicit	τῆς πόλεως	1	the place where Jesus was crucified	Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city called Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	20	k3mp	figs-explicit	τῆς πόλεως	1	the place where Jesus was crucified	Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city called Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	20	mgb7	figs-activepassive	καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί	1	The sign was written in Hebrew, in Latin, and in Greek	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in three languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	20	bzub	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστί	1		See how you translated this phrase, **in Hebrew**, in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	20	w41e	figs-explicit	Ῥωμαϊστί	1	Latin	**Latin** was the language spoken by the Roman government and Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the language spoken by the Romans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	20	w41e	figs-explicit	Ῥωμαϊστί	1	Latin	**Latin** was the language spoken by the Roman government and Roman soldiers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the language spoken by the Romans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	21	qk7w	figs-explicit	ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters in order to speak to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests of the Jews went back to Pilate and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	21	qk7w	figs-explicit	ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters in order to speak to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then the chief priests of the Jews went back to Pilate and said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	21	js2b	figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	The Jewish leaders say **That one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “That so-and-so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	21	ixay	figs-quotesinquotes	ἐκεῖνος εἶπεν, Βασιλεὺς εἰμι τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Then the chief priests of the Jews said to Pilate	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “That one said that he is the King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
-JHN	19	22	sus9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	**Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	22	sus9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	**Pilate** implies that he will not change the words on the notice. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	22	vgn9	figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	What I have written I have written	**Pilate** uses **I** to imply that he ordered his soldiers to write the title and put it on the cross. Pilate probably would not have done this himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “What I told them to write is what they have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	23	s74c	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα	1	also the tunic	The next verse implies that the soldiers kept the tunic separate from the clothes that they divided. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the tunic they did not divide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	23	s74c	figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα	1	also the tunic	The next verse implies that the soldiers kept the tunic separate from the clothes that they divided. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the tunic they did not divide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	23	lis8	writing-background	δὲ	1		There is a break from the main storyline that begins with the word **Now** and continues to the end of the next verse. In this break John tells us how this event fulfills Scripture. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	23	sk7l	figs-activepassive	ὑφαντὸς δι’ ὅλου	1	also the tunic	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had woven it in one piece” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	24	ks7m	figs-ellipsis	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται	1	let us cast lots for it to decide whose it will be	The soldiers are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. The soldiers will **cast lots** and the winner will receive the shirt. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “we should cast lots for it in order to decide whose it will be” or “we should cast lots for it and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@@ -2460,7 +2460,7 @@ JHN	19	28	w999	writing-quotations	ἵνα τελειωθῇ ἡ Γραφὴ	1		H
 JHN	19	28	ezfy	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	19	29	x1cy	figs-activepassive	σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a container full of sour wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	29	x8z8	figs-explicit	ὄξους…τοῦ ὄξους	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly and responding to what he had said in the previous verse. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of common wine … of that wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	29	gh7n	figs-explicit	σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	John implies that someone dipped the **sponge** into the container full of sour wine so that the **sponge** would be **full of the sour wine**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so having dipped a sponge in the container so that it was full of sour wine, they put it on a hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	29	gh7n	figs-explicit	σπόγγον οὖν μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες	1	A container full of sour wine was placed there	John implies that someone dipped the **sponge** into the container full of sour wine so that the **sponge** would be **full of the sour wine**. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so having dipped a sponge in the container so that it was full of sour wine, they put it on a hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	29	y2eg	translate-unknown	σπόγγον	1	a sponge	A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out of it when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this thing, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	29	mg3t	translate-unknown	ὑσσώπῳ	1	on a hyssop staff	Here, **hyssop** refers to the stalk from a plant that grows in Israel. Matthew and Mark called this stalk a “reed” in [Matthew 27:48](../../mat/27/48.md) and [Mark 15:36](../../mrk/15/36.md). If your readers would not be familiar with this plant, you could use the name of a plant in your area that has stalks or reeds, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a reed of a plant called hyssop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	30	u8xq	figs-explicit	τὸ ὄξος	1	He bowed his head and gave up his spirit	See how you translated this phrase, **the sour wine**, in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@@ -2480,7 +2480,7 @@ JHN	19	35	bs5s	figs-123person	ὁ ἑωρακὼς…αὐτοῦ…ἐκεῖν
 JHN	19	35	c9q7	figs-ellipsis	ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε	1	so that you would also believe	John is leaving out some of the words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “so that you would also believe that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	19	36	wid6	writing-background		0	General Information:	[Verses 36–37](../19/36.md) are another break from the main storyline in which John tells us that the two events in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md) made some prophecies in scripture come true. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
 JHN	19	36	uyvo	writing-quotations	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα, ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here John uses **that the scripture would be fulfilled** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md)). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “these things happened in order that what is written in the Psalms might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
-JHN	19	36	l8zi	figs-explicit	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here, **these things** refers to the two events described in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers did not break Jesus’ legs but pierced his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	36	l8zi	figs-explicit	ἐγένετο…ταῦτα	1	in order to fulfill scripture	Here, **these things** refers to the two events described in [verses 33–34](../19/33.md). If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the soldiers did not break Jesus’ legs but pierced his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	36	qwl5	figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the words that someone wrote in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	36	bm8y	figs-quotemarks	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ	1	in order to fulfill scripture	This sentence is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
 JHN	19	36	b1kx	figs-activepassive	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ	1	Not one of his bones will be broken	This is a quotation from [Psalm 34:20](../../psa/34/20.md). If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “No one will break even one of his bones” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@@ -2492,11 +2492,11 @@ JHN	19	38	nbg2	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ	1	Joseph of Arimathea	**Pilate** is
 JHN	19	38	d3hz	translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Joseph of Arimathea	**Arimathea** was a city in Judea. Alternate translation: “Joseph who was from the city called Arimathea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	19	38	e3ap	figs-possession	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	John is using **of** to describe the **fear** that **Joseph** felt for the Jewish leaders. If this is not clear in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “because of his fear for the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
 JHN	19	38	h7ra	figs-synecdoche	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	for fear of the Jews	Here, **the Jews** refers to the Jewish leaders. See how you translated this term in [1:19](../01/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	19	38	t22g	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ…ἦρεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	if he could take away the body of Jesus	John implies that **Joseph** wanted to **take away the body of Jesus** in order to bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he might take away the body of Jesus in order to bury it … took away and buried his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	38	t22g	figs-explicit	ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ…ἦρεν τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ	1	if he could take away the body of Jesus	John implies that **Joseph** wanted to **take away the body of Jesus** in order to bury it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he might take away the body of Jesus in order to bury it … took away and buried his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	38	ojo8	figs-explicit	ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1	if he could take away the body of Jesus	John implies that **Pilate** gave **Joseph** permission to take away Jesus’ body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate gave him permission to take away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	38	ojo8	figs-explicit	ἐπέτρεψεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος	1	if he could take away the body of Jesus	John implies that **Pilate** gave **Joseph** permission to take away Jesus’ body. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate gave him permission to take away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	39	mjy8	translate-names	Νικόδημος	1	Nicodemus	**Nicodemus** was one of the Pharisees who respected Jesus. See how you translated this name in [3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
-JHN	19	39	gqkc	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον	1	Nicodemus	This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	39	gqkc	figs-explicit	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν νυκτὸς τὸ πρῶτον	1	Nicodemus	This clause refers to the meeting between Jesus and Nicodemus that is described in [chapter 3](../03/01.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who had met Jesus before when he visited him at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	19	39	ekyu	figs-explicit	φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	Nicodemus	According to the burial customs of Jesus’ time, people prepared this **mixture** in order to put it on Jesus’ body as a way to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. If this would confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bringing a mixture of myrrh and aloes to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	39	ekyu	figs-explicit	φέρων μίγμα σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	Nicodemus	According to the burial customs of Jesus’ time, people prepared this **mixture** in order to put it on Jesus’ body as a way to honor him and to counteract the smell of decay. If this would confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bringing a mixture of myrrh and aloes to put on Jesus’ body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	39	d3d2	translate-unknown	σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	myrrh and aloes	This **mixture of myrrh and aloes** consisted of pleasant-smelling substances that were mixed together into an ointment that was put on a dead body in order to counteract the smell of decay. If your readers would not be familiar with these substances, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “of pleasant-smelling substances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
 JHN	19	39	xks9	translate-bweight	ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν	1	about one hundred litras in weight	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this weight in terms of modern measurements either in the text or a footnote. One **litra** is about one third of a kilogram or three quarters of a pound. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
 JHN	19	40	m9k6	translate-unknown	ἔδησαν αὐτὸ ὀθονίοις μετὰ τῶν ἀρωμάτων	1		Wrapping a dead body in strips of cloth was the burial custom in this culture. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped strips of linen cloth around his body and put spices under the strips of cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
@@ -2504,11 +2504,11 @@ JHN	19	41	fb25	writing-background		0		In this verse John interrupts the main sto
 JHN	19	41	uib1	figs-activepassive	ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος	1	Now in the place where he was crucified there was a garden	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	41	qd1a	figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	in which no person had yet been buried	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in which people had not yet buried anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	19	41	bx6g	figs-doublenegatives	οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	in which no person had yet been buried	The phrase **no one had yet** translates two negative words in Greek. John uses them together to emphasize that the tomb had never been used. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
-JHN	19	42	nr4r	figs-explicit	διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on **the day of preparation** because sundown marked the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. This meant that they had to bury Jesus’ body quickly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because the Passover and Sabbath were about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	19	42	nr4r	figs-explicit	διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on **the day of preparation** because sundown marked the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. This meant that they had to bury Jesus’ body quickly. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because the Passover and Sabbath were about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	42	c70e	figs-infostructure	ἐκεῖ…διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων, ὅτι ἐγγὺς ἦν τὸ μνημεῖον, ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these clauses. Alternate translation: “they laid Jesus there because of the day of preparation of the Jews and because the tomb was close by” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	19	42	jsyu	figs-explicit	τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1		See how you translated a similar phrase in [verse 14](../19/14.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	19	42	jtfz	figs-euphemism	ἔθηκαν τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Because it was the day of preparation for the Jews	John is referring to putting Jesus’ dead body in a tomb as laying him down. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant, and it accurately describes the Jewish burial practice of laying a dead body on a table inside the tomb. See how you translated a similar expression in [11:34](../11/34.md). Alternate translation: “they entombed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
-JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)<br>2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)<br>3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)<br>4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)<br>5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>We do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all say the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
+JHN	20	intro	nm1y			0		# John 20 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Mary Magdalene, Peter, and John go to Jesus’ tomb and find it empty (20:1–10)<br>2. Mary Magdalene meets Jesus (20:11–18)<br>3. Ten disciples meet Jesus (20:19–25)<br>4. Thomas meets Jesus (20:26–29)<br>5. John states the purpose for this Gospel (20:30–31)<br><br>## Special Concepts in this Chapter<br><br>### The tomb<br><br>The tomb in which Jesus was buried ([20:1](../20/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was a room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could look inside or enter.<br><br>### “Receive the Holy Spirit”<br><br>If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by blowing air out of his mouth, and that Jesus was referring to the Holy Spirit, not his breath. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### Rabboni<br><br>John used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word. Then he explained that the word means “Teacher.” You should also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of the Aramaic word.<br><br>### Jesus’ resurrection body<br><br>We do not know what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew he was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet and pierced his side. However, he could also walk through solid walls and doors and sometimes people didn’t recognize him. It is best not to say more than what the ULT says about Jesus’ resurrection body.<br><br>### Two angels in white<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human forms. Two of the Gospel authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT rather than trying to make the passages all state the exact same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../../jhn/20/12.md))
 JHN	20	1	a8vl	figs-explicit	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	John uses **first** to imply the **first** day of the week. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	1	sb4m	translate-ordinal	τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	first day of the week	Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
 JHN	20	1	qj3j	translate-names	Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1		See how you translated **Mary Magdalene** in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@@ -2546,7 +2546,7 @@ JHN	20	10	p5um	figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθον…πάλιν πρὸς αὑτο
 JHN	20	11	kmzj	figs-explicit	Μαρία	1		**Mary** here refers to **Mary** Magdalene. See how you translated this name in [19:25](../19/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	12	bl51	figs-pastforfuture	θεωρεῖ	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	12	p9aw	figs-explicit	δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς	1	She saw two angels in white	Here, **white** refers to the color of the clothing that the angels were wearing. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “two angels in white clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
-JHN	20	12	vzkb	figs-explicit	ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἕνα πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	She saw two angels in white	Here, **at the head** and **at the feet** refer to the locations in the tomb where Jesus’ head and feet used to be. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one at the place of his head and one at the place of his feet where the body of Jesus had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	12	vzkb	figs-explicit	ἕνα πρὸς τῇ κεφαλῇ, καὶ ἕνα πρὸς τοῖς ποσίν, ὅπου ἔκειτο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	She saw two angels in white	Here, **at the head** and **at the feet** refer to the locations in the tomb where Jesus’ head and feet used to be. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “one at the place of his head and one at the place of his feet where the body of Jesus had been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	12	r6yy	figs-activepassive	ἔκειτο	1	She saw two angels in white	If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone had laid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	13	v5uj	figs-pastforfuture	λέγουσιν…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	13	hjqb		γύναι	1		See how you translated the similar use of **Woman** in [2:4](../02/04.md) and [4:21](../04/21.md).
@@ -2554,19 +2554,19 @@ JHN	20	13	hmx8	figs-synecdoche	τὸν Κύριόν μου…αὐτόν	1	Becau
 JHN	20	15	le9x	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1	Jesus said to her	Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	15	jti2		γύναι	1		See how you translated the word **Woman** in the previous verse.
 JHN	20	15	ml7c	figs-synecdoche	αὐτόν…αὐτόν…αὐτὸν	1		Here, Mary speaks of Jesus’ dead body as if it were Jesus himself. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “my Lord’s body … it … it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
-JHN	20	15	a5z2	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ	1	I will take him away	Here Mary Magdalene implies that she would **take** Jesus’ body **away** and bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I will take him away and bury him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	15	a5z2	figs-explicit	κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ	1	I will take him away	Here Mary Magdalene implies that she would **take** Jesus’ body **away** and bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I will take him away and bury him again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	16	p9v0	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	16	kepb	figs-infostructure	Ἑβραϊστί, Ραββουνεί (ὃ λέγεται, Διδάσκαλε)	1		If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “‘Rabboni’ (which means ‘Teacher’ in Hebrew)” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
 JHN	20	16	dgjf	figs-explicit	Ἑβραϊστί	1		See how you translated **in Hebrew** in [5:2](../05/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	16	k468		Ραββουνεί	1	Rabboni	Here John writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word with Greek letters. Since John translates the meaning later in the verse, you should write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language.
 JHN	20	17	dzs7	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	17	q3x5	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα…τὸν Πατέρα μου…Πατέρα ὑμῶν	1	my Father and your Father	**Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
-JHN	20	17	whh9	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου	1	brothers	Jesus used the word **my brothers** here to refer to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my disciples, who are like brothers,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	17	whh9	figs-explicit	τοὺς ἀδελφούς μου	1	brothers	Jesus used the word **my brothers** here to refer to his disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “my disciples, who are like brothers,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	17	dokk	figs-quotesinquotes	εἰπὲ αὐτοῖς, ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	brothers	If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “say to them that I go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
 JHN	20	17	hogb	figs-pastforfuture	ἀναβαίνω	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	Here Jesus uses the present tense **I go up** to refer to something that will happen in the near future. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will go up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	20	17	xbr1	figs-doublet	πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	I will go up to my Father and your Father, and my God and your God	These two long phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize to whom Jesus will return. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to God, who is my Father and your Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
 JHN	20	18	unzu	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	20	18	m6xn	figs-go	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1	Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples	Your language may say “goes” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+JHN	20	18	m6xn	figs-go	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1	Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples	Your language may state “goes” rather than **comes** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene goes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	20	18	zf17	figs-ellipsis	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ	1	Mary Magdalene came and told the disciples	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene comes to where the disciples were staying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
 JHN	20	19	qj6n	figs-explicit	τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων	1	that day, the first day of the week	See how you translated **the first of the week** in [verse 1](../20/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	19	hh2g	translate-ordinal	τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων	1	that day, the first day of the week	Here John is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@@ -2600,7 +2600,7 @@ JHN	20	26	vzm5	figs-pastforfuture	ἔρχεται	1		Here John uses the present
 JHN	20	26	r3iz	figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων	1	while the doors were closed	See how you translated this phrase in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
 JHN	20	26	m5tl	figs-idiom	εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	Peace to you	See how you translated **Peace to you** in [verse 19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
 JHN	20	27	j85h	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	20	27	xgwl	figs-explicit	ὧδε	1		Jesus uses **here** to refer to the places on his **hands** where there were holes. These holes in Jesus’ **hands** were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in these holes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	27	xgwl	figs-explicit	ὧδε	1		Jesus uses **here** to refer to the places on his **hands** where there were holes. These holes in Jesus’ **hands** were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in these holes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	27	ai73	figs-metonymy	τὰς χεῖράς μου	1		Jesus uses **my hands** to refer to the holes in Jesus’ **hands** that were made by the nails that soldiers used to crucify him. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the nail marks in my hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	27	tax6	figs-metonymy	τὴν πλευράν μου	1		Jesus uses **my side** to refer to the wound that a Roman soldier made in his **side** with a spear. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the spear wound in his side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	20	27	ncc3	figs-doublet	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	Do not be unbelieving, but believe	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The repetition is used to emphasize that Jesus wants Thomas to believe that he has become alive again. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you absolutely must believe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@@ -2617,7 +2617,7 @@ JHN	20	31	am9l	figs-activepassive	ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται	1	but the
 JHN	20	31	mlqg	figs-you	πιστεύητε…ἔχητε	1	but these have been written	In this verse **you** is plural and could refer to: (1) people who are reading this Gospel and do not trust in Jesus for salvation. Alternate translation: “you might believe … you might have” (2) people who are reading this Gospel and already believe in Jesus. Alternate translation: “you would continue believing … you would continue to have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
 JHN	20	31	p5k4	guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God	**Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
 JHN	20	31	uem2	figs-ellipsis	πιστεύοντες	1	life in his name	Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you can supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “believing that Jesus is the Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
-JHN	20	31	ip1i	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	20	31	ip1i	figs-explicit	ζωὴν	1	life	Here, **life** refers to eternal **life**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state this explicitly. See the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	31	vgwe	figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1		Here, **in** indicates the means by which people can have eternal **life**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “by means of his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	20	31	qxdy	figs-synecdoche	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	life in his name	Here, **his name** could refer to: (1) Jesus himself. Alternate translation: “through union with him” or “by the power of his person” (2) calling on Jesus’ name for salvation. Alternate translation: “by calling on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
 JHN	21	intro	e1bg			0		# John 21 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and Formatting<br><br>1. Jesus eats breakfast with his disciples (21:1–14)<br>2. Jesus restores Peter as his disciple (21:15–19)<br>3. Jesus and Peter speak about John (21:20–23)<br>4. John concludes his Gospel (21:24–25)<br><br>## Important Figures of Speech in this Chapter<br><br>### The metaphor of sheep<br><br>Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep ([10:11](../10/11.md)). After he became alive again, Jesus commanded Peter to take care of other believers in the same way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter<br><br>### “The disciple whom Jesus loved”<br><br>The apostle John referred to himself as the disciple “whom Jesus loved” twice in this chapter ([21:7](../21/07.md), [20](../21/20.md)). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. If this is the case, then you will need to use a first person pronoun for these references and the other references to John throughout this chapter. You would also need to use first person plural pronouns in this chapter for all references to the disciples as a group, since John was one of them. If your language can retain the third person references, then you may want to make these references to John explicit by adding “John” next to them. See the discussion of this in Part 1 of the General Introduction to the Gospel of John. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/johntheapostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])<br><br>### Different words for “love”<br><br>In [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), Jesus and Peter speak to each other using two different words in the original language that could both be translated as “love.” These words are often used interchangeably. However, when they are used together, as in [verses 15–17](../21/15.md), they can have slightly different meanings. One word can refer to a type of love that is based on affection and friendship, but the other word can refer to a type of love that is based on sincere devotion and high esteem for the person being loved. Although the UST translates both of these words as “love,” the notes will provide more specific alternatives.
@@ -2630,7 +2630,7 @@ JHN	21	2	xyiv	figs-explicit	οἱ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου	1		This phrase refe
 JHN	21	2	e1qx	translate-names	Ζεβεδαίου	1		**Zebedee** is the name of a man. He was the father of the disciples John and James ([Matthew 4:21](../../mat/04/21.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
 JHN	21	3	pqlw	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει…λέγουσιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	3	zow1	figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς	1		When the disciples say **we**, they are speaking of themselves without Peter, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
-JHN	21	3	p8f0	figs-go	ἐρχόμεθα	1		Your language may say “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
+JHN	21	3	p8f0	figs-go	ἐρχόμεθα	1		Your language may state “going” rather than **coming** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural in your language. Alternate translation: “are going” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
 JHN	21	3	l2s6	figs-explicit	ἐνέβησαν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1		Here, **got in a boat** implies that they also took the boat out on the Sea of Tiberias in order to fish. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “got into a boat and went fishing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	4	j7jx	figs-pastforfuture	ἐστιν	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
 JHN	21	5	jrth	figs-pastforfuture	λέγει	1		Here John uses the present tense in past narration in order to call attention to a development in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@@ -2692,10 +2692,10 @@ JHN	21	22	dvts	figs-idiom	μοι ἀκολούθει	1		See how you translated t
 JHN	21	23	wmzo	figs-metonymy	οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		Here, **this word** refers to what **the brothers** say about John’s future in the next clause. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the following report about John’s future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
 JHN	21	23	np23	figs-metaphor	ἐξῆλθεν…οὗτος ὁ λόγος	1		John uses **spread** figuratively to refer to **this word** being repeated among the believers. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “this word was repeated” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
 JHN	21	23	c2cr	figs-gendernotations	τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	the brothers	Although the term **brothers** is masculine, John is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
-JHN	21	23	chsq	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that disciple** refers to the apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
+JHN	21	23	chsq	figs-explicit	ὁ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος	1		Here, **that disciple** refers to the apostle John. If this might confuse your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
 JHN	21	23	wb7e	figs-pastforfuture	οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει	1	the brothers	John is using the present tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. If this might confuse your readers, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “will not die … that he will not die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
-JHN	21	23	cs14	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	the brothers	The pronoun **him** here refers to Peter. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	21	23	cs14	writing-pronouns	αὐτῷ	1	the brothers	The pronoun **him** here refers to Peter. If this might confuse your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
-JHN	21	23	elmi	writing-pronouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…αὐτὸν	1	the brothers	The pronouns **he** and **him** here refer to John. If this might confuse your readers, you could say that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
+JHN	21	23	elmi	writing-pronouns	ὅτι οὐκ ἀποθνῄσκει…αὐτὸν	1	the brothers	The pronouns **he** and **him** here refer to John. If this might confuse your readers, you could state that explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
 JHN	21	23	qxqr		ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν ἕως ἔρχομαι, τί πρὸς σέ	1		See how you translated this sentence in the previous verse.
 JHN	21	24	s5bp	writing-endofstory		0	General Information:	In [verses 24–25](../21/24.md) John indicates the end of his Gospel by giving a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story.(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
 JHN	21	24	d6t5	figs-123person	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων, καὶ ὁ γράψας ταῦτα, καὶ οἴδαμεν ὅτι ἀληθὴς αὐτοῦ ἡ μαρτυρία ἐστίν	1	the disciple	In this verse John is speaking about himself in the third person. If this is confusing in your language, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the disciple who testifies about these things and who wrote these things, and we know that my testimony is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])